Key Terms

adoption, adopt, adopted

Definition:

The terms “adopt” and “adoption” refer to the process of someone legally becoming the child of people who are not his biological parents.

The Bible uses “adoption” and “adopt” in a figurative way to describe how God causes people to be part of his family, making them his spiritual sons and daughters.
As adopted children, God makes believers to be co-heirs with Jesus Christ, giving them all of the privileges of sons and daughters of God.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated with a term that the language of translation uses to describe this special parent-child relationship. Make sure it is understood that this has a figurative or spiritual meaning.
The phrase “experience adoption as sons” could be translated as “be adopted by God as his children” or “become God’s (spiritual) children.”
To “wait for the adoption of sons” could be translated as “look forward to becoming God’s children” or “wait expectantly for God to receive as children.”
The phrase “adopt them” could be translated as “receive them as his own children” or “make them his own (spiritual) children.”

(See also: heir, inherit, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G5206

Almighty

Facts:

The term “Almighty” literally means “all-powerful.” In the Bible, this term always refers to God.

The titles “the Almighty” or “the Almighty One” refer to God and reveal that he has complete power and authority over everything.
This term is also used to describe God in the titles “Almighty God” and “God Almighty” and “Lord Almighty” and “Lord God Almighty.”

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “All-powerful” or “Completely Powerful One” or “God, who is completely powerful.”
Ways to translate the phrase “Lord God Almighty” could include “God, the Powerful Ruler” or “Powerful Sovereign God” or “Mighty God who is Master over everything.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: God, lord, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7706, G3841

amen, truly

Definition:

The term “amen” is a word used to emphasize or call attention to what a person has said. It is often used at the end of a prayer. Sometimes it is translated as “truly.”

When used at the end of a prayer, “amen” communicates agreement with the prayer or expresses a desire that the prayer be fulfilled.
In his teaching, Jesus used “amen” to emphasize the truth of what he said. He often followed that by “and I say to you” to introduce another teaching that related to the previous teaching.
When Jesus uses “amen” this way, some English versions (and the ULT) translate this as “verily” or “truly.”
Another word meaning “truly” is sometimes translated as “surely” or “certainly” and is also used to emphasize what the speaker is saying.

Translation Suggestions:

Consider whether the target language has a special word or phrase that is used to emphasize something that has been said.
When used at the end of a prayer or to confirm something, “amen” could be translated as “let it be so” or “may this happen” or “that is true.”
When Jesus says, “truly I tell you,” this could also be translated as “Yes, I tell you sincerely” or “That is true, and I also tell you.”
The phrase “truly, truly I tell you” could be translated as “I tell you this very sincerely” or “I tell you this very earnestly” or “what I am telling you is true.”

(See also: fulfill, true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H543, G281

anoint, anointed, anointing

Definition:

The term “anoint” means to rub or pour oil on a person or object. Sometimes the oil was mixed with spices, giving it a sweet, perfumed smell. In biblical times, there were several reasons for anointing someone with oil.

In the Old Testament, priests, kings, and prophets were anointed with oil to set them apart for special service to God.
Objects such as altars or the tabernacle were also anointed with oil to show that they were to be used to worship and glorify God.
In the New Testament, sick people were anointed with oil for their healing.
The New Testament records two times that Jesus was anointed with perfumed oil by a woman, as an act of worship. One time Jesus commented that in doing this she was preparing him for his future burial.
After Jesus died, his friends prepared his body for burial by anointing it with oils and spices.
The titles “Messiah” (Hebrew) and “Christ” (Greek) mean “the Anointed (One).”
Jesus the Messiah is the one who was chosen and anointed as a Prophet, High Priest, and King.
In biblical times, a woman might anoint herself with perfume to make herself more sexually attractive.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “anoint” could be translated as “pour oil on” or “put oil on” or “consecrate by pouring perfumed oil on.”
To “be anointed” could be translated as “be consecrated with oil.” or “be appointed” or “be consecrated.”
In some contexts the term “anoint” could be translated as “appoint.”
A phrase like “the anointed priest,” could be translated as “the priest who was consecrated with oil” or “the priest who was set apart by the pouring on of oil.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H47, H430, H1101, H1878, H3323, H4397, H4398, H4473, H4886, H4888, H4899, H5480, H8136, G32, G218, G743, G1472, G2025, G3462, G5545, G5548

antichrist

Definition:

The term “antichrist” refers to a person or teaching that is against Jesus Christ and his work. There are many antichrists in the world.

The apostle John wrote that a person is the antichrist if he deceives people by saying that Jesus is not the Messiah or if he denies that Jesus is both God and human.
The Bible also teaches that there is a general spirit of antichrist in the world which opposes Jesus’ work.
The New Testament book of Revelation explains that there will be a man called “the antichrist” who will be revealed in the end times. This man will attempt to destroy God’s people, but he will be defeated by Jesus.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include a word or phrase that means “Christ-opposer” or “enemy of Christ” or “person who is against Christ.”
The phrase “spirit of the antichrist” could also be translated as “spirit that is against Christ” or “(someone) teaching lies about Christ” or “attitude of believing lies about Christ” or “spirit that teaches lies about Christ.”
Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: Christ, reveal, tribulation)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G500

appoint, appointed

Definition:

The terms “appoint” and “appointed” refer to choosing someone to fulfill a specific task or role.

To “be appointed” can also refer to being “chosen” to receive something, as in “appointed to eternal life.” That people were “appointed to eternal life” means they were chosen to receive eternal life.
The phrase “appointed time” refers to God’s “chosen time” or “planned time” for something to happen.
The word “appoint” may also mean to “command” or “assign” someone to do something.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, ways to translate “appoint” could include “choose” or “assign” or “formally choose” or “designate.”
The term “appointed” could be translated as “assigned” or “planned” or “specifically chose.”
The phrase “be appointed” could also be translated as “be chosen.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H561, H977, H2163, H2296, H2706, H2708, H2710, H3198, H3245, H3259, H3677, H3983, H4150, H4151, H4152, H4483, H4487, H4662, H5324, H5344, H5414, H5567, H5975, H6310, H6485, H6565, H6635, H6680, H6923, H6942, H6966, H7760, H7896, G322, G606, G1299, G1303, G1935, G2525, G2749, G4287, G4296, G4384, G4929, G5021, G5087

ark

Definition:

The term “ark” literally refers to a rectangular wooden box that is made to hold or protect something. An ark can be large or small, depending on what it is being used for.

In the English Bible, the word “ark” is first used to refer to the very large, rectangular, wooden boat that Noah built to escape the worldwide flood. The ark had a flat bottom, a roof, and walls.
Ways to translate this term could include “very large boat” or “barge” or “cargo ship” or “large, box-shaped boat.”
The Hebrew word that is used to refer to this huge boat is the same word used for the basket or box that held baby Moses when his mother put him in the Nile River to hide him. In that case it is usually translated as “basket.”
In the phrase “ark of the covenant,” a different Hebrew word is used for “ark.” This could be translated as “box” or “chest” or “container.”
When choosing a term to translate “ark,” it is important in each context to consider what size it is and what it is being used for.

(See also: ark of the covenant, basket)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H727, H8392, G2787

ark of the covenant, ark of Yahweh

Definition:

These terms refer to a special wooden chest, overlaid with gold, that contained the two stone tablets on which the Ten Commandments were written. It also contained Aaron’s staff and a jar of manna.

The term “ark” here could be translated as “box” or “chest” or “container.”
The objects in this chest reminded the Israelites of God’s covenant with them.
The ark of the covenant was located in the “most holy place.”
God’s presence was above the ark of the covenant in the most holy place of the tabernacle, where he spoke to Moses on behalf of the Israelites.
During the time that the ark of the covenant was in the most holy place of the temple, the high priest was the only one who could approach the ark, once a year on the Day of Atonement.
Many English versions translate the term “covenant decrees” literally as “testimony.” This refers to the fact that the Ten Commandments were a testimony or witness to God’s covenant with his people. It is also translated as “covenant law.”

(See also: ark, covenant, atonement, holy place, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H727, H1285, H3068

atonement lid

Definition:

The “atonement lid” was a slab of gold that was used to cover the top of the ark of the covenant. In many English translations, it is also referred to as an “atonement cover.”

The atonement lid was about 115 centimeters in length and 70 centimeters in width.
Above the atonement lid were two gold cherubim with their wings touching.
Yahweh said that he would meet with the Israelites above the atonement lid, under the outstretched wings of the cherubim. Only the high priest was permitted to meet with Yahweh in this way, as the representative of the people.
Sometimes this atonement lid has been referred to as a “mercy seat” because it communicates God’s mercy in coming down to redeem sinful human beings.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include “ark covering where God promises to redeem” or “place where God atones” or “lid of ark where God forgives and restores.”
Can also mean “place of propitiation.”
Compare this term with how you translated “atonement,” “propitiation,” and “redemption.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3727, G2435

atonement, atone, atoned

Definition:

The terms “atone” and “atonement” refer to how God provided a sacrifice to pay for people’s sins and to appease his wrath for sin.

In Old Testament times, God allowed temporary atonement to be made for the sins of the Israelites by the offering of a blood sacrifice, which involved killing an animal.
As recorded in the New Testament, Christ’s death on the cross is the only true and permanent atonement for sin.
When Jesus died, he took the punishment that people deserve because of their sin. He paid the atonement price with his sacrificial death.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “atone” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “pay for” or “provide payment for” or “cause someone’s sins to be forgiven” or “make amends for a crime.”
Ways to translate “atonement” could include “payment” or “sacrifice to pay for sin” or “providing the means of forgiveness.”
Make sure the translation of this term does not refer to payment of money.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3722, H3725, G2643

authority

Definition:

The term “authority” usually refers to a position of influence, responsibility, or rule over another person.

Kings and other governing rulers have authority over the people they are ruling.
The word “authorities” can refer to people, governments, or organizations that have authority over others.
The word “authorities” can also refer to spirit beings who have power over people who have not submitted themselves to God’s authority.
Masters have authority over their servants or slaves. Parents have authority over their children.
Governments have the authority or right to make laws that govern their citizens.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “authority” can also be translated as “control” or “right” or “qualifications.”
Sometimes “authority” is used with the meaning of “power.”
When “authorities” is used to refer to people or organizations who rule people, it could also be translated as “leaders” or “rulers” or “powers.”
The phrase “by his own authority” could also be translated as “with his own right to lead” or “based on his own qualifications.”
The expression, “under authority” could be translated as “responsible to obey” or “having to obey others’ commands.”

(See also: king, ruler, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8633, G831, G1413, G1849, G1850, G2003, G2715, G5247

beloved

Definition:

The term “beloved” is an expression of affection that describes someone who is loved and dear to someone else.

The term “beloved” literally means “loved (one)” or “(who is) loved.”
God refers to Jesus as his “beloved Son.”
In their letters to Christian churches, the apostles frequently address their fellow believers as “beloved.”

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “loved” or “loved one” or “well-loved,” or “very dear.”
In the context of talking about a close friend, this could be translated as “my dear friend” or “my close friend.” In English it is natural to say “my dear friend, Paul” or “Paul, who is my dear friend.” Other languages may find it more natural to order this in a different way.
Note that the word “beloved” comes from the word for God’s love, which is unconditional, unselfish, and sacrificial.

(See also: love)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H157, H1730, H2532, H3033, H3039, H4261, G25, G27, G5207

bind, bond, bound

Definition:

The term “bind” means to tie something or fasten it securely. Something that is tied or joined together is called a “bond.” The term “bound” is the past tense of this term.

To be “bound” means to have something tied or wrapped around something else.
In a figurative sense, a person can be “bound” to a vow, which means he is “required to fulfill” what he promised to do.
The term “bonds” refers to anything that binds, confines, or imprisons someone. It usually refers to physical chains, fetters or ropes that keep a person from being free to move.
In Bible times, bonds such as ropes or chains were used to attach prisoners to the wall or floor of a stone prison.
The term “bind” can also be used to talk about wrapping cloth around a wound to help it heal.
A dead person would be “bound” with cloth in preparation for burial.
The term “bond” is used figuratively to refer to something, such as sin, that controls or enslaves someone.
A bond can also be a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually and physically. This applies to the bond of marriage.
For example, a husband and wife are “bound” or tied to each other. It is a bond that God does not want broken.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “bind” could also be translated as “tie” or “tie up” or “wrap (around).”
Figuratively, it could be translated as to “restrain” or to “prevent” or to “keep from (something).”
A special use of “bind” in Matthew 16 and 18 means “forbid” or “not permit.”
The term “bonds” could be translated as “chains” or “ropes” or “shackles.”
Figuratively the term “bond” could be translated as “knot” or “connection” or “close relationship.”
The phrase “bond of peace” means “being in harmony, which brings people in closer relationship to each other” or “the tying together that peace brings.”
To “bind up” could be translated as “wrap around” or “put a bandage on.”
To “bind” oneself with a vow could be translated as “promise to fulfill a vow” or “commit to fulfill a vow.”
Depending on the context, the term “bound” could also be translated as “tied” or “tied up” or “chained” or “obligated (to fulfill)” or “required to do.”

(See also: fulfill, peace, prison, servant, vow)

Bible References:

Leviticus 8:7

Word Data:

Strong’s: H247, H481, H519, H615, H631, H632, H640, H1366, H1367, H1379, H2280, H2706, H3256, H3533, H3729, H4147, H4148, H4205, H4562, H5650, H5656, H5659, H6029, H6123, H6616, H6696, H6872, H6887, H7194, H7405, H7573, H7576, H8198, H8244, H8379, G254, G331, G332, G1195, G1196, G1198, G1199, G1210, G1397, G1398, G1401, G1402, G2611, G2615, G3734, G3784, G3814, G4019, G4029, G4385, G4886, G4887, G5265

birthright

Definition:

The term “birthright” in the Bible refers to the honor, family name, and physical wealth that was normally given to the firstborn son in a family.

The birthright of the firstborn son included a double portion of the father’s inheritance.
A king’s firstborn son was normally given the birthright to rule after his father died.
Esau sold his birthright to his younger brother Jacob. Because of this, Jacob inherited the blessing of the firstborn instead of Esau.
The birthright also included the honor of having the family descendants traced through the firstborn son’s line.

Translation Suggestions:

Possible ways to translate “birthright” could include, “rights and wealth of the firstborn son” or “family honor” or “privilege and inheritance of the firstborn.”

(See also: firstborn, inherit, descendant)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1062, G4415

blameless

Definition:

The term “blameless” literally means “without blame.” It is used to refer to a person who obeys God wholeheartedly, but it does not mean that the person is sinless.

Abraham and Noah were considered blameless before God.
A person who has a reputation for being “blameless” behaves in a way that honors God.
According to one verse, a person who is blameless is “one who fears God and turns away from evil.”

Translation Suggestions:

This could also be translated as “with no fault to his character” or “completely obedient to God” or “avoiding sin” or “keeping away from evil.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5352, H5355, H8535, G273, G274, G298, G299, G338, G410, G423

blasphemy, blaspheme, blasphemous

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “blasphemy” refers to speaking in a way that shows a deep disrespect for God or people. To “blaspheme” someone is to speak against that person so that others think something false or bad about him.

Most often, to blaspheme God means to slander or insult him by saying things that are not true about him or by behaving in an immoral way that dishonors him.
It is blasphemy for a human being to claim to be God or to claim that there is a God other than the one true God.
Some English versions translate this term as “slander” when it refers to blaspheming people.

Translation Suggestions:

To “blaspheme” can be translated as to “say evil things against” or to “dishonor God” or to “slander.”
Ways to translate “blasphemy” could include “speaking wrongly about others” or “slander” or “spreading false rumors.”

(See also: dishonor, slander)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1288, H1442, H2778, H5006, H5007, H5344, G987, G988, G989

boast, boastful

Definition:

The term “boast” means to talk proudly about something or someone. Often it means to brag about oneself.

Someone who is “boastful” talks about himself in a proud way.
God rebuked the Israelites for “boasting in” their idols. They arrogantly worshiped false gods instead of the true God.
The Bible also talks about people boasting in such things as their wealth, their strength, their fruitful fields, and their laws. This means that they were proud about these things and did not acknowledge that God is the one who provided these things.
God urged the Israelites to instead “boast” or be proud about the fact that they know him.
The apostle Paul also talks about boasting in the Lord, which means being glad and thankful to God for all he has done for them.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate “boast” could include “brag” or “talk proudly” or “be proud.”
The term “boastful” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “full of prideful talk” or “prideful” or “talking proudly about oneself.”
In the context of boasting in or about knowing God, this could be translated as “take pride in” or “exalt in” or “be very glad about” or “give thanks to God about.”
Some languages have two words for “pride”: one that is negative, with the meaning of being arrogant, and the other that is positive, with the meaning of taking pride in one’s work, family, or country.

Translation Suggestions:

(See also: proud)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1984, H3235, H6286, G212, G213, G1740, G2620, G2744, G2745, G2746, G3166

body

Definition:

The term “body” refers to the physical body of a person or animal. This term is also used figuratively to refer to an object or to a group consisting of individual members.

Often the term “body” refers to a dead person or animal. Sometimes this is referred to as a “dead body” or a “corpse.”
When Jesus said to the disciples at his last Passover meal, “This (bread) is my body,” he was referring to his physical body that would be “broken” (killed) to pay for their sins.
In the Bible, Christians as a group are referred to as the “body of Christ.”
Just as a physical body has many parts, the “body of Christ” has many individual members.
Each individual believer has a special function in the body of Christ to help the whole group work together to serve God and bring him glory.
Jesus is also referred to as the “head” (leader) of the “body” of his believers. Just as a person’s head tells his body what to do, so Jesus is the one who guides and directs Christians as members of his “body.”

Translation Suggestions:

The best way to translate this term would be with the word that is most commonly used to refer to a physical body in the project language. Make sure that the word used is not an offensive term.
When referring collectively to believers, for some languages it may be more natural and accurate to say “spiritual body of Christ.”
When Jesus says, “This is my body,” it is best to translate this literally, with a note to explain it if needed.
Some languages may have a separate word when referring to a dead body, such as “corpse” for a person or “carcass” for an animal. Make sure the word used to translate this makes sense in the context and is acceptable.

(See also: head, hand; face; loins; righthand; tongue)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H990, H1320, H1460, H1465, H1472, H1480, H1655, H3409, H4191, H5038, H5085, H5315, H6106, H6297, H7607, G4430, G4954, G4983, G5559

born again, born of God, new birth

Definition:

The term “born again” was first used by Jesus to describe what it means for God to change a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually. The terms “born of God” and “born of the Spirit” also refer to a person being given new spiritual life.

All humans are born spiritually dead and are given a “new birth” when they accept Jesus Christ as their Savior.
At the moment of the spiritual new birth, God’s Holy Spirit begins to live in the new believer and empowers him to produce good spiritual fruit in his life.
It is God’s work to cause a person to be born again and become his child.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate “born again” could include “born anew” or “born spiritually.”
It is best to translate this term literally and use the normal word in the language that would be used for being born.
The term “new birth” might be translated as “spiritual birth.”
The phrase “born of God” could be translated as “caused by God to have new life like a newborn baby” or “given new life by God.”
In the same way, “born of the Spirit” could be translated as “given new life by the Holy Spirit” or “empowered by the Holy Spirit to become God’s child” or “caused by the Spirit to have new life like a newborn baby.”

(See also: Holy Spirit, save)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G313, G509, G1080, G3824

brother

Definition:

The term “brother” refers to a male sibling who shares at least one biological parent.

In the Old Testament, the term “brothers” is also used as a general reference to relatives or associates, such as members of the same tribe, clan, occupation, or people group. When used in this way, the term can refer to both men and women.
In the New Testament, the apostles often use the term “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
A few times in the New Testament, the apostles used the term “sister” when referring specifically to a fellow Christian who was a woman, or to emphasize that both men and women are being included. For example, James emphasizes that he is talking about all believers when he refers to “a brother or sister who is in need of food or clothing.”

Translation Suggestions:

It is best to translate this term with the literal word that is used in the target language to refer to a natural or biological brother, unless this would give wrong meaning.
In the Old Testament especially, when “brothers” is used very generally to refer to members of the same family, clan, or people group, possible translations could include “relatives” or “clan members” or “fellow Israelites.”
In the context of referring to a fellow believer in Christ, this term could be translated as “brother in Christ” or “spiritual brother.”
If both males and females are being referred to and “brother” would give a wrong meaning, then a more general kinship term could be used that would include both males and females.
Other ways to translate this term so that it refers to both male and female believers could be “fellow believers” or “Christian brothers and sisters.”
Make sure to check the context to determine whether only men are being referred to, or whether both men and women are included.

(See also: apostle, God the Father, sister, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0251, H0252, H0264, H1730, H2992, H2993, H2994, H7453, G0080, G0081, G2385, G2455, G2500, G4613, G5360, G5569

call, call out

Definition:

The terms “call” and “call out” usually mean to speak loudly, but the term “call” can also mean to name or summon a person. There are also some other meanings.

To “call out” to someone means to shout, to announce, or to proclaim. It can also mean to ask someone for help, especially God.
Often in the Bible, “call” has a meaning of “summon” or “command to come” or “request to come.”
God calls people to come to him and be his people. This is their “calling.”
When God “calls” people, it means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
This term is also used in the context of naming someone. For example, “His name is called John,” means “He is named John” or “His name is John.”
To be “called by the name of” means that someone is given the name of someone else. God says that he has called his people by his name.
A different expression, “I have called you by name” means that God has specifically chosen that person.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “call” could be translated by a word that means “summon,” which includes the idea of being intentional or purposeful in calling.
The expression “call out to you” could be translated as “ask you for help” or “pray to you urgently.”
When the Bible says that God has “called” us to be his servants, this could be translated as “specially chose us” or “appointed us” to be his servants.
“You must call his name” can also be translated as “you must name him.”
“His name is called” could also be translated as “his name is” or “he is named.”
To “call out” could be translated as “say loudly” or “shout” or “say with a loud voice.” Make sure the translation of this does not sound like the person is angry.
The expression “your calling” could be translated as “your purpose” or “God’s purpose for you” or “God’s special work for you.”
To “call on the name of the Lord” could be translated as “seek the Lord and depend on him” or “trust in the Lord and obey him.”
To “call for” something could be translated by “demand” or “ask for” or “command.”
The expression “you are called by my name” could be translated as “I have given you my name, showing that you belong to me.”
When God says, “I have called you by name,” this could be translated as “I know you and have chosen you.”

(See also: pray, cry)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H559, H2199, H4744, H6817, H7121, H7123, H7769, H7773, G154, G363, G1458, G1528, G1941, G1951, G2028, G2046, G2564, G2821, G2822, G2840, G2919, G3004, G3106, G3333, G3343, G3603, G3686, G3687, G4316, G4341, G4377, G4779, G4867, G5455, G5537, G5581

centurion

Definition:

A centurion was a Roman army officer who had a group of 100 soldiers under his command.

This could also be translated with a term that means “leader of a hundred men” or “army leader” or “officer in charge of a hundred.”
One Roman centurion came to Jesus to request healing for his servant.
The centurion in charge of Jesus’ crucifixion was amazed when he witnessed how Jesus died.
God sent a centurion to Peter so that Peter could explain to him the good news about Jesus.

(See also: Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G1543, G2760

children, child, offspring

Definition:

The term “child” (plural “children”) refers to the offspring of a man and woman. The term is often used more generally to refer to anyone who is young in age and is not yet a fully grown adult. The term “offspring” is a general reference to the biological descendants of people or animals.

In the Bible, disciples or followers are sometimes called “children.”
Often the term “children” is used to refer to a person’s descendants.
Often in the Bible, “offspring” has the same meaning as “children” or “descendants.”
The term “seed” is sometimes used figuratively to refer to offspring.
The phrase “children of” can refer to being characterized by something. Some examples of this would be:
- children of the light
- children of obedience
- children of the devil
This term can also refer to the Church. For example, sometimes the New Testament refers to people who believe in Jesus as “children of God.”

Translation Suggestions:

The term “children” could be translated as “descendants” when it is referring to a person’s great-grandchildren or great-great-grandchildren, etc.
Depending on the context, “children of” could be translated as “people who have the characteristics of” or “people who behave like.”
If possible, the phrase, “children of God” should be translated literally since an important biblical theme is that God is our heavenly Father. A possible translation alternate would be, “people who belong to God” or “God’s spiritual children.”
When Jesus calls his disciples “children,” this could also be translated as “dear friends” or “my beloved disciples.”
When Paul and John refer to believers in Jesus as “children,” this could also be translated as “dear fellow believers.”
The phrase, “children of the promise” could be translated as “people who have received what God promised them.”

(See also: descendant, seed, promise, son, spirit, believe, beloved)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1069, H1121, H1123, H1129, H1323, H1397, H1580, H2029, H2030, H2056, H2138, H2145, H2233, H2945, H3173, H3205, H3206, H3208, H3211, H3243, H3490, H4392, H5209, H5271, H5288, H5290, H5759, H5764, H5768, H5953, H6185, H6363, H6529, H6631, H7908, H7909, H7921, G730, G815, G1025, G1064, G1081, G1085, G1471, G3439, G3515, G3516, G3808, G3812, G3813, G3816, G5040, G5041, G5042, G5043, G5044, G5206, G5207, G5388

chosen, choose, chosen people, Chosen One, elect

Definition:

The term “the elect” literally means “chosen ones” or “chosen people” and refers to those whom God has appointed or selected to be his people. “Chosen One” or “Chosen One of God” is a title that refers to Jesus, who is the chosen Messiah.

The term “choose” means to select something or someone or to decide something. It is often used to refer to God appointing people to belong to him and to serve him.
To be “chosen” means to be “selected” or “appointed” to be or do something.
God chose people to be holy, to be set apart by him for the purpose of bearing good spiritual fruit. That is why they are called “the chosen (ones)” or “the elect.”
The term “chosen one” is sometimes used in the Bible to refer to certain people such as Moses and King David whom God had appointed as leaders over his people. It is also used to refer to the nation of Israel as God’s chosen people.
The phrase “the elect” is an older term that literally means “the chosen ones” or “the chosen people.” This phrase in the original language is plural when referring to believers in Christ.
In older English Bible versions, the term “elect” is used in both the Old and New Testaments to translate the word for “chosen one(s).” More modern versions use “elect” only in the New Testament, to refer to people who have been saved by God through faith in Jesus. Elsewhere in the Bible text, they translate this word more literally as “chosen ones.”

Translation Suggestions:

It is best to translate “elect” with a word or phrase that means “chosen ones” or “chosen people.” This could also be translated as “people whom God chose” or “the ones God appointed to be his people.”
The phrase “who were chosen” could also be translated as “who were appointed” or “who were selected” or “whom God chose.”
“I chose you” could be translated as “I appointed you” or “I selected you.”
In reference to Jesus, “Chosen One” could also be translated as “God’s chosen One” or “God’s specially appointed Messiah” or “the One God appointed (to save people).”

(See also: appoint, Christ)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H970, H972, H977, H1262, H1305, H4005, H6901, G138, G140, G1586, G1588, G1589, G1951, G3724, G4400, G4401, G4758, G4899, G5500

clean, wash

Definition:

The term “clean” generally refers either to removing dirt or stains from someone/something or to not having any dirt or stain in the first place. The term “wash” refers specifically to action of removing dirt or stains from someone/something.

“Cleanse” is the process of making something “clean.” It could also be translated as “wash” or “purify.”
In the Old Testament, God told the Israelites which animals he had specified as ritually “clean” and which ones were “unclean.” Only the clean animals were permitted to be used for eating or for sacrifice. In this context, the term “clean” means that the animal was acceptable to God for use as a sacrifice.
A person who had certain skin diseases would be unclean until the skin was healed enough to no longer be contagious. Instructions for cleansing the skin had to be obeyed in order for that person to be declared “clean” again.
Sometimes “clean” is used figuratively to refer to moral purity, meaning to be “clean” from sin.

In the Bible, the term “unclean” is used figuratively to refer to things that God declared to be unfit for his people to touch, eat, or sacrifice.

God gave the Israelites instructions about which animals were “clean” and which ones were “unclean.” The unclean animals were not permitted to be used for eating or for sacrifice.
People with certain skin diseases were said to be “unclean” until they were healed.
If the Israelites touched something “unclean,” they themselves would be considered unclean for a certain period of time.
Obeying God’s commands about not touching or eating unclean things kept the Israelites set apart for God’s service.
This physical and ritual uncleanness was also symbolic of moral uncleanness.
In another figurative sense, an “unclean spirit” refers to an evil spirit.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated with the common word for “clean” or “pure” (in the sense of being not dirty).
Other ways to translate this could include, “ritually clean” or “acceptable to God.”
“Cleanse” could be translated by “wash” or “purify.”
Make sure that the words used for “clean” and “cleanse” can also be understood in a figurative sense.
The term “unclean” could also be translated as “not clean” or “unfit in God’s eyes” or “physically unclean” or “defiled.”
When referring to a demon as an unclean spirit, “unclean” could be translated as “evil” or “defiled.”
The translation of this term should allow for spiritual uncleanness. It should be able to refer to anything that God declared as unfit for touching, eating, or sacrifice.

(See also: defile, demon, holy, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1249, H1252, H1305, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2398, H2548, H2834, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2893, H2930, H2931, H2932, H3001, H3722, H5079, H5352, H5355, H5356, H6172, H6565, H6663, H6945, H7137, H8552, H8562, G167, G169, G2511, G2512, G2513, G2839, G2840, G3394, G3689

command, commandment

Definition:

The term “command” means to order someone to do something. The term “commandment” refers to the thing that a person is commanded to do.

The term “commandment” sometimes refers to certain commands of God which are more formal and permanent, such as the “Ten Commandments.”
A command can be positive (“Honor your parents”) or negative (“Do not steal”).
To “take command” means to “take control” or “take charge” of something or someone.

Translation Suggestions

It is best to translate this term differently from the term, “law.” Also compare with the definitions of “decree” and “statute.”
Some translators may prefer to translate “command” and “commandment” with the same word in their language.
Others may prefer to use a special word for commandment that refers to lasting, formal commands that God has made.

(See decree, statute, law, Ten Commandments)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H559, H560, H565, H1296, H1696, H1697, H1881, H2706, H2708, H2710, H2941, H2942, H2951, H3027, H3982, H3983, H4406, H4662, H4687, H4929, H4931, H4941, H5057, H5713, H5749, H6213, H6310, H6346, H6490, H6673, H6680, H7101, H7218, H7227, H7262, H7761, H7970, H8269, G1263, G1291, G1296, G1297, G1299, G1690, G1778, G1781, G1785, G2003, G2004, G2008, G2036, G2753, G3056, G3726, G3852, G3853, G4367, G4483, G4487, G5506

compassion, compassionate

Definition:

The term “compassion” refers to a feeling of concern for people, especially for those who are suffering. A “compassionate” person cares about other people and helps them.

The word “compassion” refers to caring about people in need, as well as taking action to help them.
The Bible says that God is compassionate, that is, he is full of love and mercy.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways of translating “compassion” could include, “deep caring” or “pity” or “helpful mercy.”
The term “compassionate” could also be translated as “caring and helpful” or “deeply loving and merciful.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2550, H7349, H7355, H7356, G1653, G3356, G3627, G4697, G4834, G4835

condemn, condemned, condemnation

Definition:

The terms “condemn” and “condemnation” refer to judging someone for doing something wrong.

Often the word “condemn” includes punishing that person for what they did wrong.
Sometimes “condemn” means to falsely accuse someone or to judge someone harshly.
The term “condemnation” refers to the act of condemning or accusing someone.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, this term could be translated as “harshly judge” or “criticize falsely.”
The phrase “condemn him” could be translated as “judge that he is guilty” or “state that he must be punished for his sin.”
The term “condemnation” could be translated as “harsh judging” or “declaring to be guilty” or “punishment of guilt.”

(See also: judge, punish)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6064, H7034, H7561, H8199, G176, G843, G2607, G2613, G2631, G2632, G2633, G2917, G2919, G2920, G5272, G6048

confess, confession

Definition:

To confess means to admit or assert that something is true. A “confession” is a statement or admission that something is true.

The term “confess” can refer to boldly stating the truth about God. It can also refer to admitting that we have sinned.
The Bible says that if people confess their sins to God, he will forgive them.
James the apostle wrote in his letter that when believers confess their sins to each other, this brings spiritual healing.
The apostle Paul wrote to the Philippians that someday everyone will confess or declare that Jesus is Lord.
Paul also said that if people confess that Jesus is Lord and believe that God raised him from the dead, they will be saved.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, ways to translate “confess” could include, “admit” or “testify” or “declare” or “acknowledge” or “affirm.”
Different ways to translate “confession” could be, “declaration” or “testimony” or “statement about what we believe” or “admitting sin.”

(See also: faith, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3034, H8426, G1843, G3670, G3671

conscience

Definition:

The conscience is the part of a person’s thinking through which God makes him aware that he is doing something sinful.

God gave people a conscience to help them know the difference between what is right and what is wrong.
A person who obeys God is said to have a “pure” or “clear” or “clean” conscience.
If a person has a “clear conscience” it means that he is not hiding any sin.
If someone ignores their conscience and no longer feels guilty when he sins, this means his conscience is no longer sensitive to what is wrong. The Bible calls this a “seared” conscience, one that is “branded” as if with a hot iron. Such a conscience is also called “insensitive” and “polluted.”
Possible ways to translate this term could include, “inner moral guide” or “moral thinking.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G4893

consecrate, consecrated, consecration

Definition:

To consecrate means to dedicate something or someone to serve God. The person or object that is consecrated is considered holy and set apart for God.

The meaning of this term is similar to “sanctify” or to “make holy,” but with the added meaning of formally setting apart someone for service to God.
Things that were consecrated to God included animals to be sacrificed, the altar of burnt offering, and the tabernacle.
People who were consecrated to God included the priests, the people of Israel, and the oldest male child.
Sometimes the word “consecrate” has a meaning that is similar to “purify,” especially when it pertains to preparing people or things for God’s service so that they will be cleansed and acceptable to him.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “consecrate” could include, “set apart for God’s service” or “purify for service to God.”
Also consider how the terms “holy” and “sanctify” are translated.

(See also: holy, pure, sanctify)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2763, H3027, H4390, H4394, H5144, H5145, H6942, H6944, G1457, G5048

cornerstone

Definition:

The term “cornerstone” refers to a large stone that has been specially cut and placed in the corner of the foundation of a building.

All the other stones of the building are measured and placed in relation to the cornerstone.
It is very important for the strength and stability of the whole structure.
In the New Testament, the Assembly of believers is metaphorically compared to a building which has Jesus Christ as its “cornerstone.”
In the same way that the cornerstone of a building supports and determines the position of the whole building, so Jesus Christ is the cornerstone on which the Assembly of believers is founded and supported.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “cornerstone” could also be translated as “main building stone” or “foundation stone.”
Consider whether the target language has a term for a part of a building’s foundation that is the main support. If so, this term could be used.
Another way to translate this would be, “a foundation stone used for the corner of a building.”
It is important to keep the fact that this is a large stone, used as a solid and secure building material. If stones are not used for constructing buildings, there may be another word that could be used that means “large stone” (such as “boulder”) but it should also have the idea of being well-formed and made to fit.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0068, H6438, H7218, G204, G1137, G2776, G3037

covenant faithfulness, covenant loyalty, covenant love

Definition:

In biblical times, the term translated as “covenant faithfulness” was used to describe the kind of faithfulness, loyalty, kindness, and love that was both expected and demonstrated between people who were closely related to one another, either by marriage or by blood. This same term is used often in the Bible to describe the way God relates to his people, especially his commitment to fulfill the promises that he made to them.

The way this term is translated can depend on how each of the individual terms “covenant” and “faithfulness” are translated.
Other ways to translate this term might include: “faithful love;” “loyal, committed love;” or “loving dependability.”

(See also: covenant, faithful, grace, Israel, people of God, promise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2617

daughter of Zion

Definition:

“Daughter of Zion” is a figurative way of referring to the people of Israel. It is usually used in prophecies.

In the Old Testament, “Zion” is often used as another name for the city of Jerusalem.
Both “Zion” and “Jerusalem” are also used to refer to Israel.
The term “Daughter” is a term of endearment or affection. It is a metaphor for the patience and care that God has for his people.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate this could include “my daughter Israel, from Zion” or “people from Zion, who are like a daughter to me” or “Zion, my dear people Israel.”
It is best to keep the term “Zion” in this expression since it is used many times in the Bible. A note could be included in the translation to explain its figurative meaning and prophetic use.
It is also better to keep the term “Daughter” in the translation of this expression, as long as it is understood correctly.

(See also: Jerusalem, prophet, Zion)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1323, H6726

day of the Lord, day of Yahweh

Description:

The Old Testament term “day of Yahweh” is used to refer to a specific time(s) when God would punish people for their sin.

The New Testament term “day of the Lord” usually refers to the day or time when the Lord Jesus will come back to judge people at the end of time.
This final, future time of judgment and resurrection is also sometimes referred to as the “last day.” This time will begin when the Lord Jesus comes back to judge sinners and will permanently establish his rule.
The word “day” in these phrases may sometimes refer to a literal day or it may refer to a “time” or “occasion” that is longer than a day.
Sometimes the punishment is referred to as a “pouring out of God’s wrath” upon those who do not believe.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, other ways to translate “day of Yahweh” could include “time of Yahweh” or “time when Yahweh will punish his enemies” or “time of Yahweh’s wrath.”
Other ways to translate “day of the Lord” could include “time of the Lord’s judgment” or “time when the Lord Jesus will return to judge people.”

(See also: day, judgment day, Lord, resurrection, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3068, H3117, G2250, G2962

deacon

Definition:

A deacon is a person who serves in the local church, helping fellow believers with practical needs, such as food or money.

The word “deacon” is taken directly from a Greek word meaning “servant” or “minister.”
From the time of the early Christians, being a deacon has been a well-defined role and ministry in the Church body.
For example, in the New Testament, deacons would make sure that whatever money or food that the believers shared would be distributed fairly to the widows among them.
The term “deacon” could also be translated as “church minister” or “church worker” or “church servant,” or some other phrase that shows that the person has been formally appointed to do specific tasks that benefit the local Christian community.

(See also: minister, servant)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G1249

discipline, self-discipline

Definition:

The term “discipline” refers to training people to obey a set of guidelines for moral behavior.

Parents discipline their children by providing moral guidance and direction for them and teaching them to obey.
Similarly, God disciplines his children to help them produce healthy spiritual fruit in their lives, such as joy, love, and patience.
Discipline involves instruction regarding how to live to please God, as well as punishment for behavior that is against God’s will.
Self-discipline is the process of applying moral and spiritual principles to one’s own life.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, “discipline” could be translated as “train and instruct” or “morally guide” or “punish for wrongdoing.”
The noun “discipline” could be translated as “moral training” or “punishment” or “moral correction” or “moral guidance and instruction.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4148, G1468

divine

Definition:

The term “divine” refers to anything pertaining to God.

Some ways this term is used include “divine authority,” “divine judgment,” “divine nature,” “divine power,” and “divine glory.”
In one passage in the Bible, the term “divine” is used to describe something about a false deity.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate the term “divine” could include “God’s” or “from God” or “pertaining to God” or “characterized by God.”
For example, “divine authority” could be translated as “God’s authority” or “authority that comes from God.”
The phrase “divine glory” could be translated as “God’s glory” or “the glory that God has” or “glory that comes from God.”
Some translations may prefer to use a different word when describing something that pertains to a false god.

(See also: authority, false god, glory, God, judge, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G2304, G2999

dominion

Definition:

The term “dominion” refers to power, control, or authority over people, animals, or land.

Jesus Christ is said to have dominion over all the earth, as prophet, priest, and king.
Satan’s dominion has been defeated forever by Jesus Christ’s death on the cross.
At creation, God said that man is to have dominion over fish, birds, and all creatures on the earth.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include “authority” or “power” or “control.”
The phrase “have dominion over” could be translated as “rule over” or “manage.”

(See also: authority, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1166, H4474, H4475, H4896, H4910, H4915, H7287, H7300, H7980, H7985, G2634, G2904, G2961, G2963

ephod

Definition:

An ephod was an apron-like garment worn by the Israelite priests. It had two parts, front and back, that were joined together at the shoulders and tied around the waist with a cloth belt.

One kind of ephod was made of plain linen and was worn by the ordinary priests.
The ephod worn by the high priest was specially embroidered with gold, blue, purple, and red yarn.
The breastpiece of the high priest was attached to the front of the ephod. Behind the breastpiece were stored the Urim and Thummim, which were stones used for asking God what his will was in certain matters.
The judge Gideon foolishly made an ephod out of gold and it became something that the Israelites worshiped as an idol.

(See also: priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H641, H642, H646

eunuch

Definition:

Usually the term “eunuch” refers to a man who has been castrated. The term later became a general term to refer to any government official, even those without the deformity.

Jesus said that some eunuchs were born that way, perhaps because of damaged sex organs or because of not being able to function sexually. Others chose to live like eunuchs in a celibate lifestyle.
In ancient times, eunuchs were often kings’ servants who were set as guards over the women’s quarters.
Some eunuchs were important government officials, such as the Ethiopian eunuch who met the apostle Philip in the desert.

(See also: Philip)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5631, G2134, G2135

evangelist

Definition:

An “evangelist” is a person who tells other people the good news about Jesus Christ.

The literal meaning of “evangelist” is “someone who preaches the good news.”
Jesus sent his apostles out to spread the good news about how to be part of God’s kingdom through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice for sin.
All Christians are exhorted to share this good news.
Some Christians are given a special spiritual gift to effectively tell the gospel to others. These people are said to have the gift of evangelism and are called “evangelists.”

Translation Suggestions:

The term “evangelist” could be translated as “someone who preaches the good news” or “teacher of the good news” or “person who proclaims the good news (about Jesus)” or “good news proclaimer.”

(See also: good news, spirit, gift)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G2099

exalt, exalted, exaltation

Definition:

To exalt is to highly praise and honor someone. It can also mean to put someone in a high position.

In the Bible, the term “exalt” is most often used for exalting God.
When a person exalts himself, it means he is thinking about himself in a proud or arrogant way.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “exalt” could include “highly praise” or “honor greatly” or “extol” or “speak highly of.”
In some contexts it could be translated by a word or phrase that means “put in a higher position” or “give more honor to” or “talk about proudly.”
“Do not exalt yourself” could also be translated as “Do not think of yourself too highly” or “Do not brag about yourself.”
“Those that exalt themselves” could also be translated as “Those who think proudly about themselves” or “Those who boast about themselves.”

(See also: praise, worship, glory, boast, proud)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1361, H4984, H5375, H5549, H5927, H7311, H7426, H7682, G1869, G5229, G5251, G5311, G5312

exhort, exhortation

Definition:

The term “exhort” means to strongly encourage and urge someone to do what is right. Such encouragement is called “exhortation.”

The purpose of exhortation is to persuade other people to avoid sin and follow God’s will.
The New Testament teaches Christians to exhort each other in love, not harshly or abruptly.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, “exhort” could also be translated as “strongly urge” or “persuade” or “advise.”
Make sure the translation of this term does not imply that the exhorter is angry. The term should convey strength and seriousness, but should not refer to angry speech.
In most contexts, the term “exhort” should be translated differently than “encourage,” which means to inspire, reassure, or comfort someone.
Usually this term will also be translated differently from “admonish,” which means to warn or correct someone for his wrong behavior.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G3867, G3870, G3874, G4389

faithless, unfaithful, unfaithfulness

Definition:

The term “faithless” means to not have faith or to not believe.

This word is used to describe people who do not believe in God. Their lack of belief is seen by the immoral way they act.
The prophet Jeremiah accused Israel of being faithless and disobedient to God.
They worshiped idols and followed other ungodly customs of people groups who did not worship or obey God.

The term “unfaithful” describes people who do not do what God has commanded them to do. The condition or practice of being unfaithful is “unfaithfulness.”

The people of Israel were called “unfaithful” when they began to worship idols and when they disobeyed God in other ways.
In marriage, someone who commits adultery is “unfaithful” to his or her spouse.
God used the term “unfaithfulness” to describe Israel’s disobedient behavior. They were not obeying God or honoring him.

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, the term “faithless” could be translated as “unfaithful” or “unbelieving” or “disobedient to God” or “not believing.”
The term “faithlessness” could be translated as “unbelief” or “unfaithfulness” or “rebellion against God.”
The phrase “the unfaithful” could be translated as “people who are not faithful (to God)” or “unfaithful people” or “those who disobey God” or “people who rebel against God.”
In some languages, the term “unfaithful” is related to the word for “unbelief.”

(See also: How to Translate Names)

(See also: believe, faithful, disobey, adultery)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G571

favor, favorable, favoritism

Definition:

The term “favor” generally means approval. Someone who favors another person regards that person positively and approves of them.

Jesus grew up “in favor with” God and men. This means that both God and others approved of his character and behavior.
The expression “find favor” with someone means that someone is approved of by that person.
When a king shows favor to someone, it often means that he approves of that person’s request and grants it.
A “favor” can also be a gesture or action towards or for another person for their benefit.
The term “favoritism” means an attitude of acting favorably toward some people but not others. It means the inclination to pick one person over another or one thing over another because the person or item is preferred. Generally, favoritism is considered unfair.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate the term “favor” could include “approval” or “blessing” or “benefit.”
The “favorable year of Yahweh” could be translated as “the year (or time) when Yahweh will bring great blessing.”
The term “favoritism” could be translated as “partiality” or “being prejudiced” or “unjust treatment.” This word is related to the word “favorite,” which means to prefer above all others.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H995, H1156, H1293, H1779, H1921, H2580, H2603, H2896, H5278, H5375, H5414, H5922, H6213, H6437, H6440, H7521, H7522, H7965, G1184, G3685, G4380, G4382, G5485, G5486

fear, afraid, frighten

Definition:

The terms “fear” refers to the unpleasant emotion a person feels when experiencing a potential threat to their safety or well-being. In the Bible, however, the term “fear” can also mean an attitude of worship, respect, awe, or obedience toward another person, usually someone powerful such as God or a king.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “fear” can be translated in various ways. Some possibilities include: “be afraid;” “deeply respect,” or “deep respect;” “revere,” or “reverence;” or perhaps “be in awe of.”
The phrase “fear not” could also be translated as “do not be afraid” or “stop being afraid.”
The sentence “The fear of God fell on all of them” might be translated in various ways. Some possibilities include: “Suddenly they all felt a deep awe and respect for God;” or “Immediately, they all felt very amazed and revered God deeply;” or “Right then, they all felt very afraid of God (because of his great power).”

(See also: awe, Yahweh, Lord, marvel, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H367, H926, H1204, H1481, H1672, H1674, H1763, H2119, H2296, H2727, H2729, H2730, H2731, H2844, H2849, H2865, H3016, H3025, H3068, H3372, H3373, H3374, H4032, H4034, H4035, H4116, H4172, H6206, H6342, H6343, H6345, H6427, H7264, H7267, H7297, H7374, H7461, H7493, H8175, G870, G1167, G1168, G1169, G1630, G1719, G2124, G2125, G2962, G5398, G5399, G5400, G5401

fellowship

Definition:

In general, the term “fellowship” refers to friendly interactions between members of a group of people who share similar interests and experiences.

In the Bible, the term “fellowship” usually refers to the unity of believers in Christ.
Christian fellowship is a shared relationship that believers have with one another through their relationship with Christ and the Holy Spirit.
The early Christians expressed their fellowship through listening to the teaching of God’s Word and praying together, through the sharing of their belongings, and through eating meals together.
Christians also have fellowship with God through their faith in Jesus and his sacrificial death on the cross which removed the barrier between God and people.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “fellowship” could include “a sharing together” or “relationship” or “companionship” or “Christian community.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2266, H8667, G2842, G2844, G3352, G4790

filled with the Holy Spirit

Definition:

The term “filled with the Holy Spirit” is a figurative expression that, when used to describe a person means the Holy Spirit is empowering that person to do God’s will.

The expression “filled with” is an expression that often means “controlled by.”
People are “filled with the Holy Spirit” when they follow the Holy Spirit’s leading and completely rely on him to help them do what God wants.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated as “empowered by the Holy Spirit” or “controlled by the Holy Spirit.” But it should not sound as though the Holy Spirit is forcing the person to do something.
A sentence such as “he was filled with the Holy Spirit” could be translated as “he was living fully by the Spirit’s power” or “he was completely guided by the Holy Spirit” or “the Holy Spirit was guiding him completely.”
This term is similar in meaning to the expression “live by the Spirit,” but “filled with the Holy Spirit” emphasizes the completeness with which a person allows the Holy Spirit to have control or influence over his life. So these two expressions should be translated differently, if possible.

(See also: Holy Spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G40, G4130, G4137, G4151

flesh

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “flesh” literally refers to the soft tissue of the physical body of a human being or animal.

The Bible also uses the term “flesh” in a figurative way to refer to all human beings or all living creatures.
In the New Testament, the term “flesh” is used to refer to the sinful nature of human beings. This is often used in contrast to their spiritual nature.
The expression “own flesh and blood” refers to someone who is biologically related to another person, such as a parent, sibling, child, or grandchild.
The expression “flesh and blood” can also refer to a person’s ancestors or descendants.
The expression “one flesh” refers to the physical uniting of a man and woman in marriage.

Translation Suggestions:

In the context of an animal’s body, “flesh” could be translated as “body” or “skin” or “meat.”
When it is used to refer generally to all living creatures, this term could be translated as “living beings” or “everything that is alive.”
When referring in general to all people, this term could be translated as “people” or “human beings” or “everyone who lives.”
The expression “flesh and blood” could also be translated as “relatives” or “family” or “kinfolk” or “family clan.” There may be contexts where it could be translated as “ancestors” or “descendants.”
Some languages may have an expression that is similar in meaning to “flesh and blood.”
The expression “become one flesh” could be translated as “unite sexually” or “become as one body” or “become like one person in body and spirit.” The translation of this expression should be checked to make sure it is acceptable in the project language and culture. (See: euphemism). It should also be understood that this is figurative, and does not mean that a man and a woman who “become one flesh” literally become one person.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H829, H1320, H1321, H2878, H3894, H4207, H7607, H7683, G2907, G4559, G4560, G4561

fool, foolish, folly

Definition:

The term “fool” refers to a person who often makes wrong choices, especially choosing to disobey. The term “foolish” describes a person or behavior that is not wise.

In the Bible, the term “fool” usually refers to a person who does not believe or obey God. This is often contrasted to the wise person, who trusts in God and obeys God.
In the Psalms, David describes a fool as a person who does not believe in God, one who ignores all the evidence of God in his creation.
The Old Testament book of Proverbs also gives many descriptions of what a fool, or foolish person, is like.
The term “folly” refers to an action that is not wise because it is against God’s will. Often “folly” also includes the meaning of something that is ridiculous or dangerous.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “fool” could be translated as “foolish person” or “unwise person” or “senseless person” or “ungodly person.”
Ways to translate “foolish” could include “lacking understanding” or “unwise” or “senseless.”

(See also: wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H191, H196, H200, H1198, H1984, H2973, H3684, H3687, H3688, H3689, H3690, H5014, H5034, H5036, H5039, H5528, H5529, H5530, H5531, H6612, H8417, H8602, H8604, G453, G454, G781, G801, G877, G878, G2757, G3150, G3154, G3471, G3472, G3473, G3474, G3912

Gentile

Facts:

The term “Gentile” refers to anyone who is not a Jew. Gentiles are people who are not descendants of Jacob.

In the Bible, the term “uncircumcised” is also used figuratively to refer to Gentiles because many of them did not circumcise their male children as the Israelites did.
Because God chose the Jews to be his special people, they thought of the Gentiles as outsiders who could never be God’s people.
The Jews were also called “Israelites” or “Hebrews” at different times in history. They referred to anyone else as a “Gentile.”
Gentile could also be translated as “not a Jew” or “non-Jewish” or “not an Israelite” (Old Testament) or “non-Jew.”.
Traditionally, Jews would neither eat with nor associate with Gentiles, which at first caused problems within the early church.

(See also: Israel, Jacob, Jew)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1471, G1482, G1484, G1672

gift

Definition:

The term “gift” refers to anything that is given or offered to someone. A gift is given without the expectation of getting anything in return

Money, food, clothing, or other things given to poor people are called “gifts.”
In the Bible, an offering or sacrifice given to God is also called a gift.
The gift of salvation is something God gives us through faith in Jesus.
In the New Testament, the term “gifts” is also used to refer to special spiritual abilities that God gives to all Christians for serving other people.

Translation Suggestions:

The general term for “gift” could be translated with a word or phrase that means “something that is given.”
In the context of someone having a gift or special ability that comes from God, the term “gift from the Spirit” could be translated as “spiritual ability” or “special ability from the Holy Spirit” or “special spiritual skill that God gave.”

(See also: spirit, Holy Spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H814, H4503, H4864, H4976, H4978, H4979, H4991, H5078, H5083, H5379, H7810, H8641, G334, G1390, G1394, G1431, G1434, G1435, G3311, G5486

<<<<<<< HEAD

مجد , مجيد , بمجد

تعريف

الكلمة "مجد" هي كلمة عامة لأسرة من المفاهيم بما فيه قيمة، استحقاق، اهمية ، شرف ،عظمة أو جلالة .كلمة "مجيد" معناه تدي المجد لشخص او حاجة او يوري او يقول كيف الشخص او حاجة مجيد. في الكتاب المقدس، كلمة "مجد" بشكل خاص تستخدم عشان توصف بيهو الله، الهو عندو أكتر قيمة، أكتر استحقاق،أكثرأهمية،أكتر شرف، أكتر عظمة، وأكتر جلالة من أي واحد أو أي حاجة في الكون. اي حاجة عن شخصيته يكشف مجده. * الناس ممكن يمجيدو الله لمن يتكلموا عن الحاجات الكويسة الهم عملو،هم كمان بيقدرو يجمدوا الله من خلال حياتهم على حسب شخصية الله لأنو بالعمل ده ، بوري للتانيين قيمته و استحقاقه وأهميته وشرفه وعظمته و جلاله. * التعبير " المجد في" معناه تفتخر عن أو تكون فخور بحاجة.

عهد قديم

في العهد القديم العبارة المحددة "مجد يهوه"عادة تشير لبعض المظاهر الملموسة لوجود يهوه في مكان معين.

عهد جديد

الله الأب حيمجد الله الابن من خلال اعلانه لكل الناس المدى الكامل انو كم يسوع هو مجيد.
اي واحد بؤمن بالمسيح حيتمجد معاه. استخدام كلمة "تمجيد" ده بيحمل معنى فريد. وده بيعني لمن الناس البؤمنوا بالمسيح يقوموهم للحياة، حيغيروهم جسديا عشان يكونوا زي يسوع زي ما هو ظهر بعد قيامته.

مقترحات الترجمة:

اعتمادا على الحالة ، الطرق المختلفة لترجمة "المجد" ممكن تشمل "عظمة" أو "جلالة" أو "عظمة رهيبة" أو "قيمة قصوى".
كلمة "مجيد" يمكن يترجمو زي "مليان بالمجد" أو "مقيم شديد" أو "مشرق بشكل لامع" أو "عظيم الهيبة".
التعبير "ادي المجد لله" ممكن يترجمو زي "اكرم عظمة الله" أو "سبح الله بسبب عظمته " أو "كلم الآخرين كم الله هو عظيم".
التعبير "المجد في" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "المدح" أو "فخور ب" أو "التكبر عن" أو "اتمتع ب".
"تمجيد" ممكن يترجمو كمان زي "ادي المجد لي" أو "جيب المجد لي" أو "خلي يظهر عظيم".
عبارة "تمجيد الله" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "سبح الله" أو " اتكلم عن عظمة الله" أو "ظهر كم هو الله عظيم " أو "اكرم الله (من خلال طاعته)".
كلمة "كن ممجد " ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "يظهرو أنو يكون عظيم شديد" أو "كن مسبح" أو "كن متعالي".
مجد , مجيد , بمجد

glory, glorious, glorify

تعريف

Definitio

الكلمة "مجد" هي كلمة عامة لأسرة من المفاهيم بما فيه قيمة، استحقاق، اهمية ، شرف ،عظمة أو جلالة .كلمة "مجيد" معناه تدي المجد لشخص او حاجة او يوري او يقول كيف الشخص او حاجة مجيد. The term “glory” is a general term for a family of concepts including value, worth, importance, honor, splendor, or majesty. The term “glorify” means to ascribe glory to someone or something, or to show or tell how glorious something or someone is.

في الكتاب المقدس، كلمة "مجد" بشكل خاص تستخدم عشان توصف بيهو الله، الهو عندو أكتر قيمة، أكتر استحقاق،أكثرأهمية،أكتر شرف، أكتر عظمة، وأكتر جلالة من أي واحد أو أي حاجة في الكون. اي حاجة عن شخصيته يكشف مجده. In the Bible, the term “glory” is especially used to describe God, who is more valuable, more worthy, more important, more honorable, more splendid, and more majestic than anyone or anything in the universe. Everything about his character reveals his glory.

الناس ممكن يمجيدو الله لمن يتكلموا عن الحاجات الكويسة الهم عملو،هم كمان بيقدرو يجمدوا الله من خلال حياتهم على حسب شخصية الله لأنو بالعمل ده ، بوري للتانيين قيمته و استحقاقه وأهميته وشرفه وعظمته و جلاله. * People can glorify God by telling about the wonderful things he has done. They can also glorify God by living in accordance with God’s character, because doing so shows to others his value, worth, importance, honor, splendor, and majesty.

التعبير " المجد في" معناه تفتخر عن أو تكون فخور بحاجة. * The expression to “glory in” means to boast about or take pride in something.

عهد قديم

Old Testament

في العهد القديم العبارة المحددة "مجد يهوه"عادة تشير لبعض المظاهر الملموسة لوجود يهوه في مكان معين. * The specific phrase “the glory of Yahweh” in the Old Testament usually refers to some perceptible manifestation of Yahweh’s presence in a particular location.

عهد جديد

New Testament

الله الأب حيمجد الله الابن من خلال اعلانه لكل الناس المدى الكامل انو كم يسوع هو مجيد. * God the Father will glorify God the Son by revealing to all people the full extent of how glorious Jesus is.

اي واحد بؤمن بالمسيح حيتمجد معاه. استخدام كلمة "تمجيد" ده بيحمل معنى فريد. وده بيعني لمن الناس البؤمنوا بالمسيح يقوموهم للحياة، حيغيروهم جسديا عشان يكونوا زي يسوع زي ما هو ظهر بعد قيامته. * Everyone who believes in Christ will be glorified with him. This use of the term “glorify” carries a unique meaning. It means that when people who believe in Christ are raised to life, they will be changed physically to be like Jesus as he appeared after his resurrection.

مقترحات الترجمة:

Translation Suggestions:

اعتمادا على الحالة ، الطرق المختلفة لترجمة "المجد" ممكن تشمل "عظمة" أو "جلالة" أو "عظمة رهيبة" أو "قيمة قصوى". * Depending on the context, different ways to translate “glory” could include “splendor” or “majesty” or “awesome greatness” or “extreme value.”

كلمة "مجيد" يمكن يترجمو زي "مليان بالمجد" أو "مقيم شديد" أو "مشرق بشكل لامع" أو "عظيم الهيبة". * The term “glorious” could be translated as “full of glory” or “extremely valuable” or “brightly shining” or “awesomely majestic.”

التعبير "ادي المجد لله" ممكن يترجمو زي "اكرم عظمة الله" أو "سبح الله بسبب عظمته " أو "كلم الآخرين كم الله هو عظيم". * The expression “give glory to God” could be translated as “honor God’s greatness” or “praise God because of his splendor” or “tell others how great God is.”

التعبير "المجد في" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "المدح" أو "فخور ب" أو "التكبر عن" أو "اتمتع ب". * The expression “glory in” could also be translated as “praise” or “take pride in” or “boast about” or “take pleasure in.”

"تمجيد" ممكن يترجمو كمان زي "ادي المجد لي" أو "جيب المجد لي" أو "خلي يظهر عظيم". * “Glorify” could also be translated as “give glory to” or “bring glory to” or “cause to appear great.”

عبارة "تمجيد الله" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "سبح الله" أو " اتكلم عن عظمة الله" أو "ظهر كم هو الله عظيم " أو "اكرم الله (من خلال طاعته)". * The phrase “glorify God” could also be translated as “praise God” or “talk about God’s greatness” or “show how great God is” or “honor God (by obeying him).”

كلمة "كن ممجد " ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "يظهرو أنو يكون عظيم شديد" أو "كن مسبح" أو "كن متعالي". * The term “be glorified” could also be translated as “be shown to be very great” or “be praised” or “be exalted.”

(See also: honor, majesty, exalt, obey, praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

23:7 Suddenly, the skies were filled with angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in heaven and peace on earth to the people he favors!”
25:6 Then Satan showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world and all their glory and said, “I will give you all this if you bow down and worship me.”
37:1 When Jesus heard this news, he said, “This sickness will not end in death, but it is for the glory of God.”
37:8 Jesus responded, “Did I not tell you that you would see God’s glory if you believe in me?”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H117, H142, H155, H215, H1342, H1921, H1926, H1935, H1984, H3367, H3513, H3519, H3520, H6286, H6643, H7623, H8597, G1391, G1392, G1740, G1741, G2744, G4888

godly, godliness, ungodly, godless, ungodliness, godlessness

Definition:

The term “godly” is used to describe a person who acts in a way that honors God and shows what God is like. “Godliness” is the character quality of honoring God by doing his will.

A person who has godly character will show the fruits of the Holy Spirit, such as love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, and self control.
The quality of godliness shows that a person has the Holy Spirit and is obeying him.

The terms “ungodly” and “godless” describe people who are in rebellion against God. Living in an evil way, without thought of God, is called “ungodliness” or “godlessness.”

The meanings of these words are very similar. However, “godless” and “godlessness” may describe a more extreme condition in which people or nations do not even acknowledge God or his right to rule them.
God pronounces judgment and wrath on ungodly people, on everyone who rejects him and his ways.

Translation Suggestions:

The phrase “the godly” could be translated as “godly people” or “people who obey God.” (See: nominaladj)
The adjective “godly” could be translated as “obedient to God” or “righteous” or “pleasing to God.”
The phrase “in a godly manner” could be translated as “in a way that obeys God” or “with actions and words that please God.”
Ways to translate “godliness” could include “acting in a way that pleases God” or “obeying God” or “living in a righteous manner.”
Depending on the context, the term “ungodly” could be translated as “displeasing to God” or “immoral” or “disobeying God.”
The terms “godless” and “godlessness” literally mean that the people are “without God” or “having no thought of God” or “acting in a way that does not acknowledge God.”
Other ways to translate “ungodliness” or “godlessness” could be “wickedness” or “evil” or “rebellion against God”.

(See also evil, honor, obey, righteous, righteous)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0430, H1100, H2623, H5760, H7563, G0516, G0763, G0764, G0765, G2124, G2150, G2152, G2153, G2316, G2317

grace, gracious

Definition:

The word “grace” refers to help or blessing that is given to someone who has not earned it. The term “gracious” describes someone who shows grace to others.

God’s grace toward sinful human beings is a gift that is freely given.
The concept of grace also refers to being kind and forgiving to someone who has done wrong or hurtful things.
The expression to “find grace” is an expression that means to receive help and mercy from God. Often it includes the meaning that God is pleased with someone and helps him.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways that “grace” could be translated include “divine kindness” or “God’s favor” or “God’s kindness and forgiveness for sinners” or “merciful kindness.”
The term “gracious” could be translated as “full of grace” or “kind” or “merciful” or “mercifully kind.”
The expression “he found grace in the eyes of God” could be translated as “he received mercy from God” or “God mercifully helped him” or “God showed his favor to him” or “God was pleased with him and helped him.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2580, H2587, H2589, H2603, H8467, G2143, G5485, G5543

Hades, Sheol

Definition:

The terms “Hades” (in Greek) and “Sheol” (in Hebrew) are proper names for the “underworld,” meaning an underground dwelling place where people from ancient cultures believed a dead person would go after he had died.

In the Old Testament, the Hebrew term “Sheol” can be used either as a proper name or as a common noun meaning “underground.”
In the New Testament, the Greek term “Hades” is described as a place for dead people who have rejected Jesus. The New Testament describes people as “going down” to Hades.

Translation Suggestions

The Old Testament term “Sheol” can be translated in various ways, depending on the context. Some possibilities include: “place of the dead;” “place for dead spirits;” “the pit;” or “death.”
The New Testament term “Hades” can also be translated in various ways, depending on the context. Some possibilities include: “place for unbelieving dead souls;” “place of torment for the dead;” or “place for the souls of unbelieving dead people.”
Some translations keep the proper names “Sheol” and “Hades,” spelling them to fit the sound patterns of the language of translation. (See: How to Translate Unknowns).
A phrase could also be added to each term to explain it, examples of doing this are, “Sheol, place where dead people are” and “Hades, place of death.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: death, heaven, hell, tomb)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7585, G86

heart

Definition:

The term “heart” refers to the internal bodily organ that pumps blood throughout the body in people and animals. However, in the Bible the term “heart” is often used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts, emotions, desires, or will.

To have a “hard heart” is a common expression that means a person stubbornly refuses to obey God.
The expressions “with all my heart” or “with my whole heart” mean to do something with complete sincerity, commitment, or willingness, holding nothing back.
The expression “take it to heart” means to treat something seriously and apply it to one’s life.
The term “brokenhearted” describes a person who is very sad. That person has been deeply hurt emotionally.

Translation Suggestions

Some languages use a different body part such as “stomach” or “liver” to refer to these ideas.
Other languages may use one word to express some of these concepts and another word to express others.
If “heart” or other body part does not have this meaning, some languages may need to express this literally with terms such as “thoughts” or “emotions” or “desires.”
Depending on the context, “with all my heart” or “with my whole heart” could be translated as “with all my energy” or “with complete dedication” or “completely” or “with total commitment.”
The expression “take it to heart” could be translated as “treat it seriously” or “carefully think about it.”
The expression “hard-hearted” could also be translated as “stubbornly rebellious” or “refusing to obey” or “continually disobeying God.”
Ways to translate “brokenhearted” could include “very sad” or “feeling deeply hurt.”

(See also: hard)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1079, H2436, H2504, H2910, H3519, H3629, H3820, H3821, H3823, H3824, H3825, H3826, H4578, H5315, H5640, H7130, H7307, H7356, H7907, G674, G1282, G1271, G2133, G2588, G2589, G4641, G4698, G5590

Hebrew

Facts:

The term “Hebrew” refers in a very general sense to the people group descended from Abraham through the line of Isaac and Jacob.

The specific word “Hebrew” can refer either to a individual person in the people group or to the language spoken by that people group.
The vast majority of the Old Testament was written in the language called “Hebrew.” However, in most cases in the New Testament, the specific term “Hebrew” probably refers to the Aramaic language rather than the Hebrew language.
In different places in the Bible, the Hebrews were also called “Israelites” or “Jews.” When translating, it is best to keep all three terms distinct in the text, as long as it is clear that these terms refer to the same people group.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Israel, Jew, Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5680, G1444, G1445, G1446, G1447

Holy One

Definition:

The term “Holy One” is a title in the Bible that almost always refers to God.

In the Old Testament, this title often occurs in the phrase “Holy One of Israel.”
In the New Testament, Jesus is also referred to as the “Holy One.”
The term “holy one” is sometimes used in the Bible to refer to an angel.

Translation Suggestions:

The literal term is “the Holy” (with “One” being implied.) Many languages (like English) will translate this with the implied noun included (such as “One” or “God”).
This term could also be translated as “God, who is holy” or “the Set Apart One.”
The phrase “the Holy One of Israel” could be translated as “the Holy God whom Israel worships” or “the Holy One who rules Israel.”
It is best to translate this term using the same word or phrase that is used to translate “holy.”

(See also: holy, God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2623, H376, H6918, G40, G3741

holy place

Definition:

In the Bible, the terms “the holy place” and “the most holy place” refer to the two parts of the tabernacle or temple building.

The “holy place” was the first room, and it contained the altar of incense and the table with the special “bread of the presence” on it.
The “most holy place” was the second, innermost room, and it contained the ark of the covenant.
A thick, heavy curtain separated the outer room from the inner room.
The high priest was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy place.
Sometimes “holy place” refers to both the building and courtyard areas of either the temple or tabernacle. It could also refer generally to any place that is set apart for God.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “holy place” could also be translated as “room set apart for God” or “special room for meeting God” or “place reserved for God.”
The term “most holy place” could be translated as “room that is the most set apart for God” or “most special room for meeting God.”
Depending on the context, ways to translate the general expression “a holy place” could include “a consecrated place” or “a place that God has set apart” or “a place in the temple complex, which is holy” or “a courtyard of God’s holy temple.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1964, H4720, H4725, H5116, H6918, H6944, G39, G40, G3485, G5117

honor

Definition:

The terms “honor” and to “honor” refer to giving someone respect, esteem, or reverence.

Honor is usually given to someone who is of higher status and importance, such as a king or God.
God instructs Christians to honor others.
Children are instructed to honor their parents in ways that include respecting them and obeying them.
The terms “honor” and “glory” are often used together, especially when referring to Jesus. These may be two different ways of referring to the same thing.
Ways of honoring God include thanking and praising him, and showing him respect by obeying him and living in a way that shows how great he is.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate “honor” could include “respect” or “esteem” or “high regard.”
The term to “honor” could be translated as to “show special respect to” or to “cause to be praised” or to “show high regard for” or to “highly value.”

(See also: dishonor, glory, glory, praise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1420, H1921, H1922, H1923, H1926, H1927, H1935, H2082, H2142, H3366, H3367, H3368, H3372, H3373, H3374, H3444, H3513, H3519, H3655, H3678, H5081, H5375, H5457, H6213, H6286, H6437, H6942, H6944, H6965, H7236, H7613, H7812, H8597, H8416, G820, G1391, G1392, G1784, G2151, G2570, G3170, G4411, G4586, G5091, G5092, G5093, G5399

hope, hoped

Definition:

Hope is strongly desiring something to happen. Hope can imply either certainty or uncertainty regarding a future event.

In the Bible, the term “hope” also has the meaning of “trust,” as in “my hope is in the Lord.” It refers to a sure expectation of receiving what God has promised his people.
Sometimes the ULT translates the term in the original language as “confidence.” This happens mostly in the New Testament in situations where people who believe in Jesus as their Savior have the assurance (or confidence or hope) of receiving what God has promised.
To have “no hope” means to have no expectation of something good happening. It means that it is actually very certain that it will not happen.

Translation Suggestions:

In some contexts, the term to “hope” could also be translated as to “wish” or to “desire” or to “expect.”
The expression “nothing to hope for” could be translated as “nothing to trust in” or “no expectation of anything good”
To “have no hope” could be translated as “have no expectation of anything good” or “have no security” or “be sure that nothing good will happen.”
The expression “have set your hopes on” could also be translated as “have put your confidence in” or “have been trusting in.”
The phrase “I find hope in your Word” could also be translated as “I am confident that your Word is true” or “Your Word helps me trust in you” or “When I obey your Word, I am certain to be blessed.”
Phrases such as “hope in” God could also be translated a, “trust in God” or “know for sure that God will do what he has promised” or “be certain that God is faithful.”

(See also: bless, confidence, good, obey, trust, word of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H982, H983, H986, H2620, H2976, H3175, H3176, H3689, H4009, H4268, H4723, H7663, H7664, H8431, H8615, G91, G560, G1679, G1680, G2070

house of God, Yahweh’s house

Definition:

In the Bible, the phrases “house of God” (God’s house) and “house of Yahweh (Yahweh’s house)” refer to a place where God is worshiped.

This term is also used more specifically to refer to the tabernacle or the temple.
Sometimes “God’s house” is used to refer to the people of God.

Translation Suggestions:

When referring to a place of worship, this term could be translated as “a house for worshiping God” or “a place for worshiping God.”
If it is referring to the temple or tabernacle, this could be translated as “the temple (or tabernacle) where God is worshiped” (or “where God is present” or “where God meets with his people”).
The word “house” may be important to use in the translation in order to communicate that God “dwells” there, that is, his spirit is in that place to meet with his people and to be worshiped by them.

(See also: people of God, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H426, H430, H1004, H1005, H3068, G2316, G3624

hypocrite, hypocrisy

Definition:

The term “hypocrite” refers to a person who does things to appear righteous, but who secretly is acting in evil ways. The term “hypocrisy” refers to the behavior that deceives people into thinking a person is righteous.

Hypocrites want to be seen doing good things so that people will think that they are good people.
Often a hypocrite will criticize other people for doing the same sinful things that they themselves do.
Jesus called the Pharisees hypocrites because although they acted religiously like wearing certain clothes and eating certain foods, they were not kind or fair to people.
A hypocrite points out faults in other people, but doesn’t admit his own faults.

Translation Suggestions:

Some languages have an expression like “two-faced” that refers to a hypocrite or a hypocrite’s actions.
Other ways to translate “hypocrite” could include “fraud” or “pretender” or “arrogant, deceitful person.”
The term “hypocrisy” could be translated by, “deception” or “fake actions” or “pretending.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H120, H2611, H2612, G505, G5272, G5273

I am Yahweh

Facts:

The statement “I am Yahweh” is used to mark out a command, historical event, promise, or prophecy as something that is particularly important, as something that happened by Yahweh’s power, or as something that will happen regardless of circumstances. This certainty is based on Yahweh’s character and strength as the all-powerful ruler over all things. At the same time, the statement is used to give Yahweh’s people understanding of who he is and what his name means. By reflecting on the command, historical event, promise, or prophecy so marked, the listener will understand more of who Yahweh is. Leviticus 11:44–45 makes it clear that by adhering to the holiness laws that follow, the people will become holy like Yahweh. There are four primary ways or forms in which this statement occurs:

As “I am Yahweh” or “I am Yahweh your God”
As the statement “[someone] will know that I am Yahweh” (often followed by “when [I do something]”). This is the most common use.
Followed by an example of what he is going to do or has done that validates his character and power
Followed by an attribute

These uses can be combined, such as in Leviticus 19:2, 19:36, and 20:24.

Translation Suggestions:

As much as possible, translate this statement fairly literally. This will probably not be difficult for the second and third forms above.
Ezekiel 20:5 and Hebrews 6:13 indicate that in at least some instances (Genesis 28:13, Exodus 6:2, 6:6, 6:8, etc.), “I am Yahweh” should be viewed as an oath formula. In these instances (primarily form one above) you may need to include an explanatory comment in your translation.
If Yahweh is making a promise, you may need to make this explicit, using an example such as: “I am Yahweh who swears to you.”
In Leviticus especially, the statement appears connected to many commands and you may need to make this explicit with a statement, such as: “I am Yahweh who commands this.” You could also use a slightly longer statement, such as: “I am Yahweh, and I bind you to this with an oath.” However, a statement this long may be tedious, so you could consider only using it the first (and possibly the last) time that “I am Yahweh” occurs in a series.
Some languages will use “the Lord” in place of Yahweh; see Yahweh for more.

(See also: Lord, Lord Yahweh, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Exodus 6:2, 6:6, 6:8, 12:12, Leviticus 18-26 throughout, Numbers 3:13
Exodus 7:17, 8:18, 14:4, 1 Kings 20:13, 20:28, Ezekiel 6:7, 6:13, 12:15, 28:22
Exodus 6:6, 20:2, Leviticus 20:24, Ezekiel (throughout) 6:7, 6:13, 12:15, 17:24, 20:5-7, Hosea 12:10, 13:4, Zechariah 10:6, Psalm 81:11, Isaiah 44:24
Exodus 15:26, 20:5, Deuteronomy 5:9, Isaiah 43:3, 43:15, Jeremiah 9:23

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0589, H3068, H3069, H3070, H3071, H3072, H3073, H3074, G0638, G3378

image of God, image

Definition:

The term “image” refers to something that looks like something else or that is like someone in character or essence. The phrase “image of God” is used in different ways, depending on the context.

At the beginning of time, God created human beings “in his image,” that is, “in his likeness.” This means that people have certain characteristics that reflect the image of God, such as the ability to feel emotion, the ability to reason and communicate, and a spirit that lives eternally.
The Bible teaches that Jesus, God’s Son, is “the image of God,” that is, he is God himself. Unlike human beings, Jesus was not created. From all eternity God the Son has had all the divine characteristics because he has had the same essence with God the Father.

Translation Suggestions:

When referring to Jesus, “image of God” could be translated as “exact likeness of God” or “same essence as God” or “same being as God.”
When referring to human beings, “God created them in his image” could be translated with a phrase that means “God created them to be like him” or “God created them with characteristics like his own.”

(See also: image, Son of God, Son of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4541, H1544, H2553, H6456, H6459, H6754, H6816, H8403, G504, G179

in Christ, in Jesus, in the Lord, in him

Definition:

The phrase “in Christ” and related terms refer to the state or condition of being in relationship with Jesus Christ through faith in him.

Other related terms include “in Christ Jesus, in Jesus Christ, in the Lord Jesus, in the Lord Jesus Christ.”
Possible meanings for the term “in Christ” could include “because you belong to Christ” or “through the relationship you have with Christ” or “based on your faith in Christ.”
These related terms all have the same meaning of being in a state of believing in Jesus and being his disciple.
Note: Sometimes the word “in” belongs with the verb. For example, “share in Christ” means to “share in” the benefits that come from knowing Christ. To “glory in” Christ means to be glad and give praise to God for who Jesus is and what he has done. To “believe in” Christ means to trust him as Savior and know him.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, different ways to translate “in Christ” and “in the Lord” (and related phrases) could include:
- “who belong to Christ”
- “because you believe in Christ”
- “because Christ has saved us”
- “in service to the Lord”
- “relying on the Lord”
- “because of what the Lord has done.”
People who “believe in” Christ or who “have faith in” Christ believe what Jesus taught and are trusting him to save them because of his sacrifice on the cross that paid the penalty for their sins. Some languages may have one word that translates verbs like “believe in” or “share in” or “trust in.”

(See also: Christ, Lord, Jesus, believe, faith)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G1519, G2962, G5547

iniquity

Definition:

The term “iniquity” is a word that is very similar in meaning to the term “sin,” but may more specifically refer to conscious acts of wrongdoing or great wickedness.

The word “iniquity” literally means a twisting or distorting (of the law). It refers to major injustice.
Iniquity could be described as deliberate, harmful actions against other people.
Other definitions of iniquity include “perversity” and “depravity,” which are both words that describe conditions of terrible sin.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “iniquity” could be translated as “wickedness” or “perverse actions” or “harmful acts.”
Often, “iniquity” occurs in the same text as the word “sin” and “transgression” so it is important to have different ways of translating these terms.

(See also: sin, transgress, trespass)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H205, H1942, H5753, H5758, H5766, H5771, H5932, H5999, H7562, G92, G93, G458, G3892, G4189

intercede, intercession

Definition:

The terms “intercede” and “intercession” refer to making requests to someone on behalf of another person. In the Bible this usually refers to praying for other people.

The expressions “make intercession for” and “intercede for” mean to make requests to God for the benefit of other people.
The Bible teaches that the Holy Spirit intercedes for us, that is, he prays to God for us.
A person intercedes for other people by making requests for them to someone in authority.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate “intercede” could include “plead for” or “urge (someone) to do something (for someone else).”
The noun “intercessions” could be translated as “appeals” or “requests” or “urgent prayers.”
The phrase “make intercession for” could be translated as “make requests for the benefit of” or “make an appeal on behalf of” or “ask God to help” or “appeal to God to bless (someone).”

(See also: pray)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6293, G1783, G1793, G5241

jealous, jealousy

Definition:

The terms “jealous” and “jealousy” refer to a strong desire to protect the purity of a relationship. They can also refer to a strong desire to keep possession of something or someone.

These terms are often used to describe the angry feeling that a person has toward a spouse who has been unfaithful in their marriage.
When used in the Bible, these terms often refer to God’s strong desire for his people to remain pure and unstained by sin.
God is also “jealous” for his name, desiring that it be treated with honor and reverence.
Another meaning of jealous involves being angry that someone else is successful or more popular. This is close in meaning to the word “envious.”

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “jealous” could include “strong protective desire” or “possessive desire.”
The term “jealousy” could be translated as “strong protective feeling” or “possessive feeling.”
When talking about God, make sure the translation of these terms does not give a negative meaning of being resentful of someone else.
In the context of people’s wrong feelings of anger toward toward other people who are more successful, the terms “envious” and “envy” could be used. But these terms should not be used for God.

(See also: envy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7065, H7067, H7068, H7072, G2205, G3863

judgment day

Definition:

The term “judgment day” refers to a future time when God will judge every person.

God has made his Son, Jesus Christ, the judge of all people.
On judgment day, Christ will judge people on the basis of his righteous character.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “judgment time” since it could refer to more than one day.
Other ways to translate this term could include “the end time when God will judge all people.”
Some translations capitalize this term to show that it is the name of a special day or time: “Judgment Day” or “Judgment Time.”

(See also: judge, Jesus, heaven, hell)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2962, H3117, H4941, G2250, G2920, G2962

lament, lamentation

Definition:

The terms “lament” and “lamentation” refer to a strong expression of mourning, sorrow, or grief.

Sometimes this includes deep regret for sin, or compassion for people who have experienced disaster.
A lamentation could include moaning, weeping, or wailing.

Translation Suggestions:

The term to “lament” could be translated as to “deeply mourn” or to “wail in grief” or to “be sorrowful.”
A “lamentation” (or a “lament”) could be translated as “loud wailing and weeping” or “deep sorrow” or “sorrowful sobbing” or “mournful moaning.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H56, H421, H578, H592, H1058, H4553, H5091, H5092, H5594, H6088, H6969, H7015, H8567, G2354, G2355, G2870, G2875

last day, latter days

Definition:

The term “last days” or “latter days” refers generally to the time period at the end of the current age.

This time period will have an unknown duration.
The “last days” are a time of judgment upon those who have turned away from God.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “last days” can also be translated as “final days” or “end times.”
In some contexts, this could be translated as “end of the world” or “when this world ends.”

(See also: day of the Lord, judge, turn, world)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H319, H3117, G2078, G2250

Lord Yahweh, Yahweh God

Facts:

In the Old Testament, “Lord Yahweh” is frequently used to refer to the one true God.

The term “Lord” is a divine title and “Yahweh” is God’s personal name.
“Yahweh” is also often combined with the term “God” to form “Yahweh God.”

Translation Suggestions:

If some form of “Yahweh” is used for the translation of God’s personal name, the terms “Lord Yahweh” and “Yahweh God” can be translated literally. Also consider how the term “Lord” is translated in other contexts when referring to God.
Some languages put titles after the name and would translate this as “Yahweh Lord.” Consider what is natural in the project language: should the title “Lord” come before or after “Yahweh”?
“Yahweh God” could also be rendered as “God who is called Yahweh” or “God who is the Living One” or “I am, who is God.”
If the translation follows the tradition of rendering “Yahweh” as “Lord” or “LORD,” the term “Lord Yahweh” could be translated as “Lord God” or “God who is the Lord.” Other possible translations could be, “Master LORD” or “God the LORD.”
The term “Lord Yahweh” should not be rendered as “Lord LORD” because readers may not notice the difference in letter size that has traditionally been used to distinguish these two words and it would look very strange.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: God, lord, Lord, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H136, H430, H3068, G2316, G2962

Lord’s Supper

Definition:

The term “Lord’s Supper” was used by the apostle Paul to refer to the Passover meal that Jesus ate with his disciples on the night he was arrested by the Jewish leaders.

During this meal, Jesus broke the Passover bread into pieces and called it his body, which would soon be beaten and killed.
He called the cup of wine his blood, which would soon be spilled out as he died as a sacrifice for sin.
Jesus commanded that as often as his followers shared this meal together, they should remember his death and resurrection.
In his letter to the Corinthians, the apostle Paul also further established the Lord’s Supper as a regular practice for believers in Jesus.
Churches today often use the term “communion” to refer to the Lord’s Supper. The term “Last Supper” is also sometimes used.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “the Lord’s meal” or “the meal of our Lord Jesus” or “the meal in memory of the Lord Jesus.”

(See also: Passover)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G1173, G2960

majesty

Definition:

The term “majesty” refers to greatness and splendor, often in relation to the qualities of a king.

In the Bible, “majesty” frequently refers to the greatness of God, who is the supreme King over the universe.
“Your Majesty” is a way of addressing a king.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated as “kingly greatness” or “royal splendor.”
“Your Majesty” could be translated as something like “your Highness” or “your Excellency” or using a natural way of addressing a ruler in the target language.

(See also: king)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1347, H1348, H1420, H1923, H1926, H1935, H7238, G3168, G3172

manna

Definition:

Manna was a white, grain-like food that God provided for the Israelites to eat during the 40 years of living in the wilderness after they left Egypt.

Manna looked like white flakes which appeared each morning on the ground under the dew. It tasted sweet, like honey.
The Israelites gathered the manna flakes every day except on the Sabbath.
On the day before the Sabbath, God told the Israelites to gather twice the amount of manna so they wouldn’t have to gather it on their day of rest.
The word “manna” means “what is it?”
In the Bible, manna is also referred to as “bread from heaven” and “grain from heaven.”

Translation Suggestions

Other ways to translate this term could include “thin white flakes of food” or “food from heaven.”
Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: bread, desert, grain, heaven, Sabbath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4478, G3131

Most High

Facts:

The term “Most High” is a title for God. It refers to his greatness or authority.

The meaning of this term is similar to the meaning of “Sovereign” or “Supreme.”
The word “high” in this title does not refer to physical height or distance. It refers to greatness.

Translation Suggestions:

This term can also be translated as “Most High God” or “Most Supreme being” or “God Most High” or “Greatest One” or “Supreme One” or “God, who is Greater than all.”
If a word like “high” is used, make sure it does not refer to being physically high or tall.

(See also: God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5945, G5310

myrrh

Definition:

Myrrh is an oil or spice that is made from the resin of a myrrh tree that grows in Africa and Asia. It is related to frankincense.

Myrrh was also used to make incense, perfume, and medicine, and to prepare dead bodies for burial.
Myrrh was one of the gifts that the learned men gave to Jesus when he was born.
Jesus was offered wine mixed with myrrh in order to ease the pain when he was crucified.

(See also: frankincense, learned men)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3910, H4753, G3464, G4666, G4669

name

Definition:

The term “name” refers to the word by which a specific person or thing is called. In the Bible, however, the term “name” is used in several different ways to refer to several different concepts.

In some contexts, “name” could refer to a person’s reputation, as in “let us make a name for ourselves.”
The term “name” could also refer to the memory of something. For example, “cut off the names of the idols” means to destroy those idols so that they are no longer remembered or worshiped.
Speaking “in the name of God” meant speaking with his power and authority, or as his representative.
The “name” of someone could refer to the entire person, as in “there is no other name under heaven by which we must be saved.” (See: metonymy)

Translation Suggestions:

An expression like “his good name” could be translated as “his good reputation.”
Doing something “in the name of” could be translated as “with the authority of” or “with the permission of” or “as the representative of” that person.
The expression “make a name for ourselves” could be translated “cause many people to know about us” or “make people think we are very important.”
The expression “call his name” could be translated as “name him” or “give him the name.”
The expression “those who love your name” could be translated as “those who love you.”
The expression “cut off the names of idols” could be translated as “get rid of pagan idols so that they are not even remembered” or “cause people to stop worshiping false gods” or “completely destroy all idols so that people no longer even think about them.”

(See also: call)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5344, H7121, H7761, H8034, H8036, G2564, G3686, G3687, G5122

Nazirite, Nazirite vow

Facts:

The term “Nazirite” refers to a person who has taken a “Nazirite vow.” Mostly men took this vow, but women could also take it.

A person who took the Nazirite vow agreed to not have any food or drink made from grapes for period that had been agreed upon for the fulfillment of the vow. During this period he was also not to get his hair cut and not go near a dead body.
When the required length of time had passed, and the vow had been fulfilled, the Nazirite would go to the priest and provide an offering. This would include the cutting and burning of his hair. All other restrictions would also be removed.
Samson is a well-known man in the Old Testament who was under the Nazirite vow.
The angel announcing John the Baptist’s birth told Zechariah that his son would not drink strong drink, which may indicate that John was under the Nazirite vow.
According to a passage in the book of Acts the apostle Paul may also have at one time taken this vow, according to one passage in the book of Acts.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5139

parable

Definition:

The term “parable” usually refers to a short story or object lesson that is used to explain or teach a moral truth.

Jesus used parables to teach his disciples. Although he also told parables to the crowds of people, he did not always explain the parable.
A parable could be used to reveal truth to his disciples while hiding that truth from people like the Pharisees who did not believe in Jesus.
The prophet Nathan told David a parable to show the king his terrible sin.
The story of the Good Samaritan is an example of a parable that is a story. Jesus’ comparison of old and new wineskins is an example of a parable that was an object lesson to help the disciples understand Jesus’ teachings.

(See also: Samaria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1819, H4912, G3850, G3942

pastor

Definition:

The term “pastor” is literally the same word as “shepherd.” It is used as a title for someone who is the spiritual leader for a group of believers.

In English Bible versions, “pastor” only occurs one time, in the book of Ephesians. It is the same word as is translated as “shepherd” elsewhere.
In some languages, the word for “pastor” is the same as the word for “shepherd.”
It is also the same word as is used to refer to Jesus as the “good Shepherd.”

Translation Suggestions:

It is best to translate this term with the word for “shepherd” in the project language.
Other ways to translate this term could include “spiritual shepherd” or “shepherding Christian leader.”

(See also: shepherd, sheep)

Bible References:

Ephesians 4:11-13

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7462, G4166

Pentecost, Festival of Weeks

Facts:

The “Festival of Weeks” was a Jewish festival that took place fifty days after Passover. It was later referred to as “Pentecost.”

The Feast of Weeks was seven weeks (fifty days) after the Feast of Firstfruits. In the New Testament times, this festival was called “Pentecost” which has “fifty” as part of its meaning.
The Festival of Weeks was held to celebrate the beginning of the grain harvest. It was also a time to remember when God first gave the Law to the Israelites on the tablets of stone given to Moses.
In the New Testament, the Day of Pentecost is especially significant because it was when the believers of Jesus received the Holy Spirit in a new way.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: festival, firstfruits, harvest, Holy Spirit, raise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2282, H7620, G4005

people of God

Definition:

The concept of the “people of God” in the Bible refers to people with whom God has established a covenant relationship.

In the Old Testament, the phrase “people of God” refers to the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel was chosen by God and set apart from the other nations of the world in order to serve and obey him.
In the New Testament, the phrase “people of God” refers to the “Church,” meaning everyone who believes in Jesus. This includes both Jews and Gentiles. In the New Testament, sometimes this group of people is called the “sons of God” or “children of God.”
When God uses the phrase “my people,” he is referring to people who have a covenant relationship with him. God’s people are chosen by him, and he wants them to live in a way that is pleasing to him.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “people of God” could be translated as “God’s people” or “the people who worship God” or “people who serve God” or “people who belong to God.”
When God says “my people” other ways to translate it could include “the people I have chosen” or “the people who worship me” or “the people who belong to me.”
Similarly, “your people” could be translated as “the people who belong to you” or “the people you chose to belong to you.”
Also “his people” could be translated as “the people who belong to him” or “the people God chose to belong to himself.”

(See also: Israel, people group)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H430, H5971, G2316, G2992

perish

Definition:

The term “perish” means to die or be destroyed, usually as the result of violence or disaster. In the New Testament, it often has the spiritual meaning of being lost or separated from the people of God.

Spiritual Meaning of “Perish:”

People who are “perishing” are those who have refused to trust in Jesus for their salvation.
Those who “perish” will not live eternally with God in heaven. Instead, they will live eternally in hell under God’s punishment.
Everyone will die physically, but only those who do not trust in Jesus for their salvation will perish eternally.
When “perish” is used in a spiritual sense, make sure that your translation expresses this differently than dying physically.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include “be lost from God’s people,” “die eternally,” “be punished in hell,” or “be destroyed.”
Try to use a term or expression that does not only mean “die physically” or “cease to exist.”

(See also: death, everlasting)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0006, H0007, H0008, H1478, H1820, H1826, H5486, H5595, H6544, H8045, G0599, G0622, G0684, G0853, G1311, G2704, G4881, G5356

Pharisee

Facts:

The Pharisees were an important, powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus’ time.

Many of them were middle class businessmen and some of them were also priests.
Of all the Jewish leaders, the Pharisees were the most strict in obeying the Laws of Moses and other Jewish laws and traditions.
They were very concerned about keeping the Jewish people separated from the influence of the Gentiles around them. The name “Pharisee” comes from the word to “separate.”
The Pharisees believed in life after death; they also believed in the existence of angels and other spiritual beings.
The Pharisees and Sadducees actively opposed Jesus and the early Christians.

(See also: council, Jewish leaders, law, Sadducee)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G5330

predestine, predestined

Definition:

The terms “predestine” and “predestined” refer to deciding or planning beforehand that something will happen.

This term especially refers to God predestining people to receive eternal life.
Sometimes the word “foreordain” is used, which also means to decide beforehand.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “predestine” could also be translated as “decide before” or “decide ahead of time.”
The term “predestined” could be translated as “decided long ago” or “planned ahead of time” or “decided beforehand.”
A phrase such as “predestined us” could be translated as “decided long ago that we” or “already decided ahead of time that we.”
Note that the translation of this term should be different from the translation of the term “foreknew.”

(See also: foreknew)

Bible References:

1 Corinthians 2:6-7

Word Data:

Strong’s: G4309

propitiation

Definition:

The term “propitiation” refers to a sacrifice that is made to satisfy or fulfill the justice of God and to appease his wrath.

The offering of the sacrificial blood of Jesus Christ is the propitiation to God for mankind’s sins.
Jesus’ death on the cross appeased God’s wrath against sin. This provided a way for God to look on people with favor and offer them eternal life.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated as “appeasement” or “causing God to forgive sins and grant favor to people.”
The word “atonement” is close in meaning to “propitiation.” It is important to compare how these two terms are used.

(See also: atonement, everlasting, forgive, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G2434, G2435

psalm

Definition:

The term “psalm” refers to a sacred song, often in the form of a poem that was written to be sung.

The Old Testament Book of Psalms has a collection of these songs written by King David and other Israelites such as Moses, Solomon, and Asaph, among others.
The psalms were used by the nation of Israel in their worship of God.
Psalms can be used to express joy, faith, and reverence, as well as pain and sorrow.
In the New Testament, Christians are instructed to sing psalms to God as a way of worshiping him.

(See also: David, faith, joy, Moses, holy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2158, H2167, H4210, G5567, G5568

pure, purify, purification

Definition:

To be “pure” means to have no flaw or to have nothing mixed in that is not supposed to be there. To purify something is to cleanse it and remove anything that contaminates or pollutes it.

In regard to Old Testament laws, “purify” and “purification” refer mainly to the cleansing from things that make an object or a person ritually unclean, such as disease, body fluids, or childbirth.
The Old Testament also had laws telling people how to be purified from sin, usually by the sacrifice of an animal. This was only temporary and the sacrifices had to be repeated over and over again.
In the New Testament, to be purified often refers to being cleansed from sin.
The only way that people can be completely and permanently purified from sin is through repenting and receiving God’s forgiveness, through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “purify” could be translated as “make pure” or “cleanse” or “cleanse from all contamination” or “get rid of all sin.”
A phrase such as “when the time for their purification was over” could be translated as “when they had purified themselves by waiting the required number of days.”
The phrase “provided purification for sins” could be translated as “provided a way for people to be completely cleansed from their sin.”
Other ways to translate “purification” could include “cleansing” or “spiritual washing” or “becoming ritually clean.”

(See also: atonement, clean, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1249, H1252, H1253, H1305, H1865, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2212, H2398, H2403, H2561, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2892, H2893, H3795, H3800, H4795, H5343, H5462, H6337, H6884, H6942, H8562, G48, G49, G53, G54, G1506, G2511, G2512, G2513, G2514

Rabbi

Definition:

The term “Rabbi” literally means “my master” or “my teacher.”

It was a title of respect that was used to address a man who was a Jewish religious teacher, especially a teacher of God’s laws.
Both John the Baptist and Jesus were sometimes called “Rabbi” by their disciples.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate this term could include “My Master” or “My Teacher” or “Honorable Teacher” or “Religious Teacher.” Some languages may capitalize a greeting like this, while others may not.
The project language may also have a special way that teachers are normally addressed.
Make sure the translation of this term does not indicate that Jesus was a schoolteacher.
Also consider how “Rabbi” is translated in a Bible translation in a related language or a national language.

(See: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: teacher)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G4461

ransom, ransomed

Definition:

The term “ransom” refers to a sum of money or other payment that is demanded or paid for the release of a person who is held captive.

As a verb, to “ransom” means to make a payment or to do something self-sacrificially in order to rescue someone who has been captured, enslaved or imprisoned. This meaning of “buy back” is similar to the meaning of “redeem.”
Jesus allowed himself to be killed as a ransom to free sinful people from their enslavement to sin. This act of God buying back his people through paying the penalty of their sin is also called “redemption” in the Bible.

Translation Suggestions:

The term to “ransom” could also be translated as to “pay to release” or to “pay a price to free” or to “buy back.”
The phrase to “pay a ransom” could be translated as to “pay the price (of freedom)” or to “pay the penalty (to free people)” or to “make the required payment.”
The noun “ransom” could be translated as “a buying back” or “a penalty paid” or “the price paid” (to free or buy back people or land).
The terms a “ransom” and a “redemption” have the same meaning in English but are sometimes used slightly differently. Other languages may have only one term for this concept.
Make sure this is translated differently from “atonement.”

(See also: atonement, redeem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1350, H3724, H6299, H6306, G487, G3083

reconcile, reconciled, reconciliation

Definition:

To “reconcile” and “reconciliation” refer to “make peace” between people who were formerly enemies of each other. “Reconciliation” is that act of making peace

In the Bible, this term usually refer to Gods reconciling people to himself through the sacrifice of his Son, Jesus Christ.
Because of sin, all human beings are God’s enemies. But because of his compassionate love, God provided a way for people to be reconciled to him through Jesus.
Through trusting in Jesus’ sacrifice as payment for their sin, people can be forgiven and have peace with God.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “reconcile” could be translated as “make peace” or “restore good relations” or “cause to be friends.”
The term “reconciliation” could be translated as “restoring good relations” or “making peace” or “causing peaceful relating.”

(See also: peace, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2398, H3722, G604, G1259, G2433, G2643, G2644

redeem, redeemer, redemption

Definition:

The term “redeem” refers to buying back something or someone that has been previously owned or held captive. A “redeemer” is someone who redeems something or someone.

God gave laws to the Israelites about how to redeem people or things. For example, someone could redeem a person who was in slavery by paying the price so that the slave could go free. The word “ransom” also refers to this practice.
If someone’s land had been sold, a relative of that person could “redeem” or “buy back” that land so that it would stay in the family.
These practices show how God redeems people who are in slavery to sin. When he died on the cross, Jesus paid the full price for people’s sins and redeemed all those who trust in him for salvation. People who have been redeemed by God are set free from sin and its punishment.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “redeem” could also be translated as “buy back” or “pay to free (someone)” or “ransom.”
The term “redemption” could be translated as “ransom” or “freedom payment” or “buying back.”
The words “ransom” and “redeem” have basically the same meaning, so some languages may have only one term to translate both these words. The word “ransom,” however, can also mean the payment necessary to “redeem” something or someone. The term “redeem” never refers to the actual payment itself.

(See also: free, ransom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1350, H1353, H6299, H6302, H6304, H6306, H6561, H7069, G59, G629, G1805, G3084, G3085

remnant

Definition:

The term “remnant” literally refers to people or things that are “remaining” or “left over” from a larger amount or group.

Often a “remnant” refers to people who survive a life-threatening situation or who remain faithful to God while undergoing persecution.
Isaiah referred to a group of Jews as being a remnant who would survive attacks from outsiders and live to return to the Promised Land in Canaan.
Paul talks about there being a “remnant” of people who were chosen by God to receive his grace.
The term “remnant” also implies that there were other people who did not remain or were not left over.

Translation Suggestions:

A phrase such as “the remnant of this people” could be translated as “the rest of these people” or “the people who are left.”
The “whole remnant of people” could be translated by “all the rest of the people” or “the remaining people.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3498, H3499, H5629, H6413, H7604, H7605, H7611, H8281, H8300, G2640, G3005, G3062

restore, restoration

Definition:

The terms “restore” and “restoration” refer to causing something to return to its original place or condition.

When a diseased body part is restored, this means it has been “healed.”
A broken relationship that is restored has been “reconciled.” God restores sinful people and brings them back to himself.
If people have been restored to their home country, they have been “brought back” or “returned” to that country.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, ways to translate “restore” could include “renew” or “repay” or “return” or “heal” or “bring back.”
Other expressions for this term could be “make new” or “make like new again.”
When property is “restored,” it has been “repaired” or “replaced” or “given back” to its owner.
Depending on the context, “restoration” could be translated as “renewal” or “healing” or “reconciliation.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7725, H7999, H8421, G600, G2675

reveal, revealed, revelation

Definition:

The term “reveal” means to cause something to be known. A “revelation” is something that has been made known.

God has revealed himself through everything he has created and through his communication with people by spoken and written messages.
God also reveals himself through dreams or visions.
When Paul said that he received the gospel by “revelation from Jesus Christ,” he means that Jesus himself explained the gospel to him.
In the New Testament book “Revelation” is about God revealed events that will happen in the end times. He revealed them to the apostle John through visions.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate “reveal” could include “make known” or “disclose” or “show clearly.”
Depending on the context, possible ways to translate “revelation” could be “communication from God” or “things that God has revealed” or “teachings about God.” It is best to keep the meaning of “reveal” in the translation.
The phrase “where there is no revelation” could be translated as “when God is not revealing himself to people” or “when God is not speaking to people” or “among people whom God has not communicating.”

(See also: good news, good news, dream, vision)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H241, H1540, H1541, G601, G602, G5537

right hand

Definition:

The term “right hand” refers to the hand on the right side of a person’s body. In the Bible, the term is often used figuratively to refer to other body parts on a person’s right side, to the direction of a person’s right, to the direction south, or to a place of honor or strength on the right side of a ruler or other important individual.

The right hand can be used figuratively as a symbol of power, authority, or strength.
The Bible describes Jesus as sitting “at the right hand of” God the Father as the head of the body of believers (the Church) and in control as ruler of all creation.
A person’s right hand was used to show special honor when placed on the head of someone being given a blessing (as when the patriarch Jacob blessed Joseph’s son Ephraim).
To “serve at the right hand” of someone means to be the one whose service is especially helpful and important to that person.

Translation Suggestions:

Sometimes the term “right hand” literally refers to a person’s right hand, as when Roman soldiers put a staff into Jesus’ right hand to mock him. This should be translated using the term that the language uses to refer to this hand.
Regarding figurative uses, if an expression that includes the term “right hand” does not have the same meaning in the project language, then consider whether that language has a different expression with the same meaning.
The expression “at the right hand of” could be translated as “on the right side of” or “in the place of honor beside” or “in the position of strength” or “ready to help.”
Ways to translate “with his right hand” could include “with authority” or “using power” or “with his amazing strength.”
The figurative expression “his right hand and his mighty arm” uses two ways of emphasizing God’s power and great strength. One way to translate this expression could be “his amazing strength and mighty power.” (See: parallelism)
The expression “their right hand is falsehood” could be translated as “even the most honorable thing about them is corrupted by lies” or “their place of honor is corrupted by deception” or “they use lies to make themselves powerful.”

(See also: accuse, evil, honor, mighty, punish, rebel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3225, H3231, H3233, G1188

Sadducee

Definition:

The Sadducees were a political group of Jewish priests during the time of Jesus Christ. They supported Roman rule and did not believe in the resurrection.

Many Sadducees were wealthy, upper-class Jews who held powerful leadership positions such as chief priest and high priest.
The duties of the Sadducees included taking care of the temple complex and priestly tasks such as offering sacrifices.
The Sadducees and the Pharisees strongly influenced the Roman leaders to crucify Jesus.
Jesus spoke against these two religious groups because of their selfishness and hypocrisy.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G4523

saint

Definition:

The term “saints” literally means “holy ones” and refers to believers in Jesus.

Later in church history, a person known for his good works was given the title “saint,” but that was not how this term was used during New Testament times.
Believers in Jesus are saints or holy ones, not because of what they have done, but rather because of their faith in the saving work of Jesus Christ. He is the one who makes them holy.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “saints” could include “holy ones” or “holy people” or “holy believers in Jesus” or “set apart ones.”
Be careful not to use a term that refers to people of only one Christian group.

(See also: holy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2623, H6918, H6922, G40

sanctify, sanctification

Definition:

To sanctify is to set apart or to make holy. Sanctification is the process of being made holy.

In the Old Testament, certain people and things were sanctified, or set apart, for service to God.
The New Testament teaches that God sanctifies people who believe in Jesus. That is, he makes them holy and sets them apart to serve him.
Believers in Jesus are also commanded to sanctify themselves to God, to be holy in everything they do.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “sanctify” can be translated as “set apart” or “make holy” or “purify.”
When people sanctify themselves, they purify themselves and dedicate themselves to God’s service. Often the word “consecrate” is used in the Bible with this meaning.
When its meaning is “consecrate,” this term could be translated as “dedicate someone (or something) to God’s service.”
Depending on the context, the phrase “your sanctification” could be translated as “making you holy” or “setting you apart (for God)” or “what makes you holy.”

(See also: consecrate, holy, set apart)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6942, G37, G38

sanctuary

Definition:

The term “sanctuary” literally means “holy place” and refers to a place that God has made sacred and holy. It also can refer to a place that provides protection and safety.

In the Old Testament, the term “sanctuary” was often used to refer to the tabernacle or temple building where the “holy place” and “most holy place” were located.
God referred to the sanctuary as the place where he lived among his people, the Israelites.
He also called himself a “sanctuary” or safe place for his people where they can find protection.

Translation Suggestions:

This term has a basic meaning of “holy place” or “place that is set apart.”
Depending on the context, the term “sanctuary” could be translated as “holy place” or “sacred building” or “God’s holy dwelling place” or “holy place of protection” or “sacred place of safety.”
The phrase “shekel of the sanctuary” could be translated as “kind of shekel given for the tabernacle” or “shekel used in paying the tax to take care of the temple.”
Note: Be careful that the translation of this term does not refer to a worship room in a modern-day church.

(See also: holy, Holy Spirit, holy, set apart, tabernacle, tax, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4720, H6944, G39

Savior, savior

Facts:

The term “savior” refers to a person who saves or rescues others from danger. It can also refer to someone who gives strength to others or provides for them.

In the Old Testament, God is referred to as Israel’s Savior because he often rescued them from their enemies, gave them strength, and provided them with what they needed to live.
In the Old Testament, God appointed judges to protect the Israelites by leading them in battle against other people groups who came to attack them. These judges are sometimes called “saviors.” The Old Testament book of Judges records the time in history when these judges were governing Israel.
In the New Testament, “Savior” is used as a description or title for Jesus Christ because he saves people from being eternally punished for their sin. He also saves them from being controlled by their sin.

Translation Suggestions:

If possible, “Savior” should be translated with a word that is related to the words “save” and “salvation.”
Ways to translate this term could include “the One who saves” or “God, who saves” or “who delivers from danger” or “who rescues from enemies” or “Jesus, the one who rescues (people) from sin.”

(See also: deliver, Jesus, save, save)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3467, G4990

scribe

Definition:

Scribes were officials who were responsible for writing or copying important government or religious documents by hand. Another name for a Jewish scribe was “expert in Jewish law.”

Scribes were responsible for copying and preserving the books of the Old Testament.
They also copied, preserved, and interpreted religious opinions and commentary on the law of God.
At times, scribes were important government officials.
Important biblical scribes include Baruch and Ezra.
In the New Testament, the term translated “scribes” was also translated as “teachers of the Law.”
In the New Testament, scribes were usually part of the religious group called the “Pharisees,” and the two groups were frequently mentioned together.

(See also: law, Pharisee)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5608, H5613, H7083, G1122

set apart

Definition:

The term “set apart” means separated from something to fulfill a certain purpose. Also, to “set apart” some person or thing means to make it “set apart.”

The Israelites were set apart for service to God.
The Holy Spirit commanded the Christians at Antioch to set apart Paul and Barnabas for the work God wanted them to do.
A believer who is “set apart” for service to God is “dedicated to” fulfilling God’s will.
One meaning of the term “holy” is to be set apart as belonging to God and being separated from the sinful ways of the world.
To “sanctify” someone means to set apart that person for God’s service.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate to “set apart” could include to “specially select” or to “separate from among you” or to “take aside to do a special task.”
To “be set apart” could be translated as “be separated (from)” or “be specially appointed (for).”

(See also: holy, sanctify, appoint)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2764, H4390, H5674, H6918, H6942, H6944, G37, G38, G40, G873

sign, proof, reminder

Definition:

The term “sign” usually refers an object, event, or action that communicates a special meaning.

In the Bible, signs are sometimes given in connection to a promise or covenant that God has made:
- The book of Genesis describes the rainbow God created in the sky as a sign (or reminder) to himself that he has promised he will never again destroy all life with a worldwide flood.
- In the book of Genesis, God commanded the Israelites to circumcise their sons as a sign (or indicator) of the fact that he had made his covenant with them.
Signs can reveal or point to something:
- The book of Luke describes that an angel gave shepherds a sign that would help them know which baby in Bethlehem was the newborn Messiah.
- Judas kissed Jesus as a sign to the religious leaders that Jesus was the one they should arrest.
Signs can prove that something is true:
- The book of Exodus describes the plagues that destroyed Egypt as signs that showed who Yahweh was and proved that he was greater than Pharaoh and the Egyptian gods.
- The book of Acts describes the miracles performed by the prophets and apostles as signs that proved they were speaking God’s message.
- The book of John describes the miracles that Jesus performed as signs that proved he was truly the Messiah.

Translation Suggestions:

The frequent expression “signs and wonders” could be translated as “proofs and miracles” or “miraculous works that prove God’s power” or “amazing miracles that show how great God is.”
Depending on its context, “sign” could also be translated as “signal” or “symbol” or “mark” or “evidence” or “proof” or “gesture.”
To “make signs with the hands” could also be translated as “motion with the hands” or “gesture with the hands” or “make gestures.”
In some languages, there may be one word for a “sign” that proves something and a different word for a “sign” that is a miracle.

(See also: miracle, apostle, Christ, covenant, circumcise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0226, H0852, H2368, H2858, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5251, H5824, H6161, H6725, H6734, H7560, G0364, G0880, G1213, G1229, G1718, G1730, G1732, G1770, G3902, G4102, G4591, G4592, G4953, G4973, G5280

Son of Man, son of man

Definition:

The title “Son of Man” was used by Jesus to refer to himself. He often used this term instead of saying “I” or “me.”

In the Bible, “son of man” could be a way of referring to or addressing a man. It could also mean “human being.”
Throughout the Old Testament book of Ezekiel, God frequently addressed Ezekiel as “son of man.” For example he said, “You, son of man, must prophesy.”
The prophet Daniel saw a vision of a “son of man” coming with the clouds, which is a reference to the coming Messiah.
Jesus also said that the Son of Man will be coming back someday on the clouds.
These references to the Son of Man coming on the clouds reveal that Jesus the Messiah is God.

Translation Suggestions:

When Jesus uses the term “Son of Man” it could be translated as “the One who became a human being” or “the Man from heaven.”
Some translators occasionally include “I” or “me” with this title (as in “I, the Son of Man”) to make it clear that Jesus was talking about himself.
Check to make sure that the translation of this term does not give a wrong meaning (such as referring to an illegitimate son or giving the wrong impression that Jesus was only a human being).
When used to refer to a person, “son of man” could also be translated as “you, a human being” or “you, man” or “human being” or “man.”

(See also: heaven, son, Son of God, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H120, H606, H1121, H1247, G444, G5207

sons of God, children of God

Definition:

The term “sons of God” is a figurative expression that has several possible meanings.

In the New Testament, the term “sons of God” refers to all believers in Jesus and is often translated as “children of God” since it includes both males and females.
This use of the term speaks of a relationship with God that is like the relationship between a human son and his father, with all the privileges associated with being sons.
Some people interpret the term “sons of God” that appears in Genesis 6 to mean fallen angels—evil spirits or demons. Others think it may refer to powerful political rulers or to the descendants of Seth.
In the New Testament, the term “sons of God” refers to all believers in Jesus and is often translated as “children of God” since it includes both males and females.
This use of the term speaks of a relationship with God that is like the relationship between human sons and their father, with all the privileges associated with being sons.
The title “Son of God” is a different term: it refers to Jesus, who is God’s only Son.

Translation Suggestions:

When “sons of God” refers to believers in Jesus, it could be translated as “children of God.”
In Genesis 6:2 and 4 ways to translate “sons of God” could include “angels,” “spirit beings,” “supernatural creatures,” or “demons.”
Also see the link for “son.”

(See also: angel, demon, son, Son of God, ruler, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H430, H1121, G5207, G5043

soul, self, person

Definition:

The term “soul” can either refer generally to the non-physical part of a person or refer specifically to a person’s awareness of themselves as a person distinct from others.

In the Bible, the terms “soul” and “spirit” may be two different concepts, or they may be two terms that refer to the same concept.
When a person dies, his soul leaves his body.
In contrast to the body, the “soul” can be spoken of as the part of a person that “relates to God.”
The word “soul” is sometimes used figuratively to refer to the whole person. For example, “the soul who sins” means “the person who sins” and “my soul is tired” means “I am tired.”

Translation Suggestions:

The term “soul” could also be translated as “inner self” or “inner person.”
In some contexts, “my soul” could be translated as “I” or “me.”
Usually the phrase “the soul” can be translated as “the person” or “he” or “him,” depending on the context.
Some languages might only have one word for the concepts “soul” and “spirit.”
In Hebrews 4:12, the figurative phrase “dividing soul and spirit” could mean “deeply discerning or exposing the inner person.”

(See also: spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5082, H5315, H5397, G5590

stone, stoning

Definition:

A stone is a small rock. To “stone” someone is to throw stones and larger rocks at that person with the intention of killing him. A “stoning” is an event in which someone was stoned.

In ancient times, stoning was a common method of executing people as punishment for crimes they had committed.
God commanded the Israelite leaders to stone people for certain sins, such as adultery.
In the New Testament, Jesus forgave a woman caught in adultery and stopped people from stoning her.
Stephen, who was the first person in the Bible to be killed for testifying about Jesus, was stoned to death.
In the city of Lystra, the apostle Paul was stoned, but he did not die from his wounds.

(See also: adultery, commit, crime, death, Lystra, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H68, H69, H810, H1382, H1496, H1530, H2106, H2672, H2687, H2789, H4676, H4678, H5553, H5601, H5619, H6344, H6443, H6697, H6864, H6872, H7275, H7671, H8068, G2642, G2991, G3034, G3035, G3036, G3037, G4074, G4348, G5586

synagogue

Definition:

A synagogue is a building where Jewish people meet together to worship God.

Since ancient times, a synagogue’s services have included times of prayer, scripture reading, and teaching about the scriptures.
The Jews originally started building synagogues as places to pray and worship God in their own cities, because many of them lived far away from the temple in Jerusalem.
Jesus often taught in synagogues and healed people there.
The word “synagogue” can be used figuratively to refer to the group of people meeting there.

(See also: heal, Jerusalem, Jew, pray, temple, word of God, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4150, G656, G752, G4864

tabernacle

Definition:

The tabernacle was a special tent-like structure where the Israelites worshiped God during the 40 years they traveled around in the desert.

God had given the Israelites detailed instructions for building this large tent, which had two rooms and was surrounded by an enclosed courtyard.
Each time the Israelites moved to a different place in the desert to live, the priests would take the tabernacle apart and carry it to their next campsite. Then they would set it up again in the center of their new camp.
The tabernacle was constructed of wood frames hung with curtains made of cloth, goat hair, and animal skins. The courtyard surrounding it was enclosed with more curtains.
The two sections of the tabernacle were the Holy Place (where the altar for burning incense was located) and the Most Holy Place (where the ark of the covenant was kept).
The courtyard of the tabernacle had an altar for burning animal sacrifices and a special washbasin for ritual cleansing.
The Israelites stopped using the tabernacle when the temple was built in Jerusalem by Solomon.

Translation Suggestions:

The word “tabernacle” means “dwelling place.” Other ways to translate it could include, “sacred tent” or “tent where God was” or “God’s tent.”
Make sure that the translation of this term is different from the translation of “temple.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H168, H4908, H5520, H5521, H5522, H7900, G4633, G4634, G4636, G4638

test, tested, testing, testing in the fire

Definition:

The term “test” refers to a difficult or painful experience that reveals a person’s strengths and weaknesses.

God tests people, but he does not tempt them to sin. Satan, however, tempts people to sin.
God sometimes uses tests to expose people’s sin. A test helps a person to turn away from sin and to draw closer to God.
Gold and other metals are tested with fire to find out how pure and strong they are. This is a picture of how God uses painful circumstances to test his people.
To “put to the test” can mean, “challenge something or someone to prove its value.”
In the context of putting God to the test, it means to try to make him do a miracle for us, taking advantage of his mercy.
Jesus told Satan that it is wrong to put God to the test. He is the almighty, holy God who is above everything and everyone.

Translation Suggestions:

The term to “test” could also be translated as, to “challenge” or to “cause to experience difficulties” or to “prove.”
Ways to translate “a test” could be, “a challenge” or “a difficult experience.”
To “put to the test” could be translated as to “test” or to “set up a challenge” or to “force to prove oneself.”
In the context of testing God, this could be translated as “trying to force God to prove his love.”
In some contexts, when God is not the subject, the term “test” can mean “tempt.”

(See also: tempt)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5254, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G1242, G1263, G1303, G1382, G1957, G3140, G3141, G3142, G3143, G3984, G4303, G4451, G4828, G6020

tetrarch

Definition:

The term “tetrarch” refers to a governing official who ruled over part of the Roman Empire. Each tetrarch was under the authority of the Roman emperor.

The title “tetrarch” means “one of four joint rulers.”
Starting under the Emperor Diocletian, there were four major divisions of the Roman Empire and each tetrarch ruled one division.
The kingdom of of Herod “the Great,” who was king at the time of the birth of Jesus, was divided into four sections after his death, and ruled by his sons as “tetrarchs,” or “rulers of a fourth.”
Each division had one or more smaller parts called “provinces,” such as Galilee or Samaria.
“Herod the tetrarch” is mentioned several times in the New Testament. He is also known as “Herod Antipas.”
The term “tetrarch” could also be translated as “regional governor” or “provincial ruler” or “ruler” or “governor.”

(See also: governor, Herod Antipas, province, Rome, ruler)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G5075, G5076

the twelve, the eleven

Definition:

The term “the twelve” refers to the twelve men that Jesus chose to be his closest disciples, or apostles. After Judas killed himself, they were called “the eleven.”

Jesus had many other disciples, but the title “the twelve” distinguished those who were apparently closest to Jesus.
The names of these twelve disciples are listed in Matthew 10, Mark 3, and Luke 6.
Some time after Jesus had returned to heaven, “the eleven” chose a disciple named Matthias to take Judas’ place. Then they were called “the twelve” again.

Translation Suggestions:

For many languages it may be clearer or more natural to add the noun and say, “the twelve apostles” or “Jesus’ twelve closest disciples.”
“The eleven” could also be translated as “Jesus’ eleven remaining disciples.”
Some translations may prefer to use a capital letter to show that it was used as a title, as in “the Twelve” and “the Eleven.”

(See also: apostle, disciple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G1427, G1733

to minister, ministry

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “ministry” refers to serving others by teaching them about God and caring for their spiritual needs.

In the Old Testament, the priests would “minister” to God in the temple by offering sacrifices to him.
Their “ministry” also included taking care of the temple and offering prayers to God on behalf of the people.
The job of “ministering” to people can include serving them spiritually by teaching them about God.
It can also refer to serving people in physical ways, such as caring for the sick and providing food for the poor.

Translation Suggestions:

In the context of ministering to people, to “minister” could also be translated as to “serve” or to “care for” or to “meet the needs of.”
When referring to ministering in the temple, the term “minister” could be translated as “serve God in the temple” or “offer sacrifices to God for the people.”
In the context of ministering to God, this could be translated as to “serve” or to “work for God.”
The phrase “ministered to” could also be translated as “took care of” or “provided for” or “helped.”

(See also: serve, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6399, H8120, H8334, H8335, G1247, G1248, G1249, G2023, G2038, G2418, G3008, G3009, G3010, G3011, G3930, G5256, G5257, G5524

transgress, transgression

Definition:

The term “transgress” means to cross a line or to violate a boundary. The term is often used figuratively, meaning to break a command, rule, or moral code.

This term is very similar to the word “trespass,” but is generally used more often to describe violations against God than against other people.
To “transgress” can also be described as to “cross a line,” that is, to go beyond a limit or boundary that has been set for the good of the person and others.

Translation Suggestions:

To “trangress” could be translated as to “sin” or to “disobey” or to “rebel.”
If a verse or passage uses two terms that mean “sin” or “transgress” or “trespass,” it is important, if possible, to use different ways to translate these terms. When the Bible uses two or more terms with similar meanings in the same context, usually its purpose is to emphasize what is being said or to show its importance.

(See: parallelism)

(See also: disobey, sin, trespass, iniquity)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H898, H4603, H4604, H6586, H6588, G458, G459, G3845, G3847, G3848, G3928

trespass

Definition:

The term “trespass” means to cross a line or to violate a boundary. This term is often used figuratively, meaning to break a law or to violate the rights of another person.

This term is very similar to the word “transgression,” but is generally used more often to describe violations against other people than against God.
A trespass can be a violation of a moral law or a civil law.
A trespass can also be a sin committed against another person.
This term is related to the terms “sin” and “transgress,” especially as it relates to disobeying God. All sins are trespasses against God.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, to “trespass against” could be translated as to “sin against” or to “break the rule.”
Some languages may have an expression like “cross the line” that could be used to translate “trespass.”
Consider how this term fits with the meaning of the surrounding Bible text and compare it to other terms that have a similar meaning, such as “transgress” and “sin.”

(See also: disobey, iniquity, sin, transgress)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H816, H817, H819, H2398, H4603, H4604, H6586, H6588, G264, G3900

unleavened bread

Definition:

The term “unleavened bread” refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. This kind of bread is flat because it has no leaven to make it rise.

When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee Egypt quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. So they ate unleavened bread with their meal. Since then unleavened bread is used in their yearly Passover celebrations to remind them of that time.
Since leaven sometimes is used as a picture of sin, “unleavened bread” represents the removal of sin from a person’s life in order to live in a way that honors God.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include “bread with no yeast” or “flat bread that did not rise.”
Make sure the translation of this term is consistent with how you translate the term “yeast, leaven.”
In some contexts, the term “unleavened bread” refers to the “Feast of Unleavened Bread” and can be translated that way.

(See also: bread, Egypt, feast, Passover, servant, sin, yeast)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4682, G106

vow

Definition:

A “vow” is a solemn promise or oath that a person makes to God.

If a person in ancient Israel made a vow to God, that person was obligated to fulfill the vow. The ancient Israelites believed that God might punish a person who did not fulfill a vow that he made.
In ancient Israel, sometimes a person would ask God to protect him or provide for him in exchange for making the vow. However, the ancient Israelites did not believe that God was obligated to fulfill these requests.
Depending on the context, the term “vow” can be translated as “solemn promise” or “solemn oath” or “promise made to God.”

(See also: promise, oath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5087, H5088, G2171

will of God

Definition:

The “will of God” refers to God’s desires and plans.

God’s will especially relates to his interactions with people and how he wants people to respond to him.
It also refers to his plans or desires for the rest of his creation.
The term to “will” means to “determine” or to “desire.”

Translation Suggestions:

The “will of God” could also be translated as “what God desires” or “what God has planned” or “God’s purpose” or “what is pleasing to God.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6310, H6634, H7522, G1012, G1013, G2307, G2308, G2309, G2596

woe

Definition:

The term “woe” refers to a feeling of great distress. It also gives a warning that someone will experience severe trouble.

The expression “woe to” is followed by a warning to people that they will experience suffering as punishment for their sins.
In several places in the Bible, the word “woe” is repeated, to emphasize an especially terrible judgment.
A person who says “woe is me” or “woe to me” is expressing sorrow about severe suffering.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “woe” could also be translated as “great sorrow” or “sadness” or “calamity” or “disaster.”
Other ways to translate the expression “Woe to (name of city)” could include, “How terrible it will be for (name of city)” or “The people in (that city) will be severely punished” or “Those people will suffer greatly.”
The expression, “Woe is me!” or “Woe to me!” could be translated as “How sad I am!” or “I am so sad!” or “How terrible this is for me!”
The expression “Woe to you” could also be translated as “You will suffer terribly” or “You will experience terrible troubles.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H188, H190, H337, H480, H1929, H1945, H1958, G3759

work, works, deeds

Definition:

The term “work” refers generally either to the action of expending effort in order to accomplish something, or to the result of that action. The term “works” refers generally to actions as a whole (that is, things that have been done or that need to be done).

In the Bible, these terms are commonly used both in reference to God and humans.
When used in reference to God, the term “work” in the Bible often refers to God’s action of creating the universe or saving his people (either from enemies, from sin, or both).
God’s works refer to all the things he does or has done, including creating the world, saving sinners, providing for the needs of all creation and keeping the entire universe in place.
The works or deeds that a person does can be either good or evil.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate “works” could be “deeds” or “actions” or “things that are done.”
God’s “works” or “deeds” or the “work of his hands” could also be translated as “miracles” or “mighty acts” or “things that God does.”
The expression “the work of God” could be translated as “the things that God is doing” or “the miracles God does” or “everything that God has accomplished.”
The term “work” can just be the singular of “works” as in “every good work” or “every good deed.”
When work is done for God or others, it can be translated as “service” or “ministry.”

(See also: fruit, Holy Spirit, miracle)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4399, H4566, H4567, H4611, H4659, H5949, G2041

world, worldly

Definition:

The term “world” usually refers to the part of the universe where people live: the earth. The term “worldly” describes the evil values and behaviors of people living in this world.

In its most general sense, the term “world” refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
In many contexts, “world” actually means “people in the world.”
Sometimes it is implied that this refers to the evil people on earth or the people who do not obey God.
The apostles also used “world” to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. This can include self-righteous religious practices which are based on human efforts.
People and things characterized by these values are said to be “worldly.”

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, “world” could also be translated as “universe” or “people of this world” or “corrupt things in the world” or “evil attitudes of people in the world.”
The phrase “all the world” often means “many people” and refers to the people living in a certain region. For example, “all the world came to Egypt” could be translated as “many people from the surrounding countries came to Egypt” or “people from all the countries surrounding Egypt came there.”
Another way to translate “all the world went to their hometown to be registered in the Roman census” would be “many of the people living in regions ruled by the Roman empire went…”
Depending on the context, the term “worldly” could be translated as “evil” or “sinful” or “selfish” or “ungodly” or “corrupt” or “influenced by the corrupt values of people in this world.”
The phrase “saying these things in the world” can be translated as “saying these things to the people of the world.”
In other contexts, “in the world” could also be translated as “living among the people of the world” or “living among ungodly people.”

(See also: corrupt, heaven, Rome, godly)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0776, H2309, H2465, H5769, H8398, G1093, G2886, G2889, G3625

worthy, worth, unworthy, worthless

Definition:

The term “worthy” describes someone or something that deserves respect or honor. To “have worth” means to be valuable or important. The term “worthless” means to not have any value.

Being worthy is related to being valuable or having importance
To be “unworthy” means to not be deserving of any special notice.
To not feel worthy means to feel less important than someone else or to not feel deserving of being treated with honor or kindness.
The term “unworthy” and the term “worthless” have related, but different meanings. To be “unworthy” means to not be deserving of any honor or recognition. To be “worthless” means to not have any purpose or value.

Translation Suggestions:

“Worthy” could be translated as “deserving” or “important” or “valuable.”
The word “worth” could be translated as “value” or “importance.”
The phrase to “have worth” could also be translated as to “be valuable” or to “be important.”
The phrase “is worth more than” could be translated as “is more valuable than.”
Depending on the context, the term, “unworthy” could also be translated as “unimportant” or “dishonorable” or “undeserving.”
The term “worthless” could be translated as “with no value” or “with no purpose” or “worth nothing.”

(See also: honor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H117, H639, H1929, H3644, H4242, H4373, H4392, H4592, H4941, H6994, H7386, H7939, G96, G514, G515, G516, G2425, G2661, G2735

wrath, fury

Definition:

Wrath is an intense anger that is sometimes long-lasting. The Bible describes both people and God as experiencing intense anger. When speaking about God’s “wrath,” make sure the word or phrase used to translate this term does not refer to a sinful fit of rage (which might be true of a human person).

In the Bible, “wrath” often refers to God’s righteous judgment of sin and punishment of people who rebel against him.
The “wrath of God” can also refer to his judgment and punishment for sin.
God’s wrath is the righteous penalty for those who do not repent of their sin.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, other ways this term could be translated include “intense anger” or “righteous judgment” or “anger.”
God’s wrath is just and holy. When talking about God’s wrath, make sure the word or phrase used to translate this term does not refer to a sinful human rage.

(See also: judge, sin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0639, H2197, H2528, H2534, H2740, H3707, H3708, H5678, H7107, H7109, H7110, H7265, H7267, G2372, G3709, G3949, G3950

Yahweh of hosts, God of hosts, host of heaven, host of the heavens, Lord of hosts

Definition:

The terms “Yahweh of hosts” and “God of hosts” are titles that express God’s authority over the thousands of angels who obey him.

The term “host” or “hosts” is a word that refers to a large number of something, such as an army of people or the massive number of stars. It can also refer to all the many spirit beings, including evil spirits. The context makes it clear what is being referred to.
Phrases similar to “host of the heavens” refer to all the stars, planets and other heavenly bodies.
In the New Testament, the phrase, “Lord of hosts” means the same as “Yahweh of hosts” but it cannot be translated that way since the Hebrew word “Yahweh” is not used in the New Testament.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “Yahweh of hosts” could include, “Yahweh, who rules all the angels” or “Yahweh, the ruler over armies of angels” or “Yahweh, the ruler of all creation.”
The phrase “of hosts” in the terms “God of hosts” and “Lord of hosts” would be translated the same way as in the phrase “Yahweh of hosts” above.
Certain churches do not accept the literal term “Yahweh” and prefer to use the capitalized word, “LORD” instead, following the tradition of many Bible versions. For these churches, a translation of the term “LORD of hosts” would be used in the Old Testament for “Yahweh of hosts.”

(See also: angel, authority, God, lord, Lord, Lord Yahweh Yahweh)

Bible References:

Zechariah 13:2

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0430, H3068, H6635, G2962, G4519

zeal, zealous

Definition:

The terms “zeal” and “zealous” refer to being strongly devoted to supporting a person or idea.

Zeal includes having strong desire and actions that promote a good cause. It is often used to describe someone who faithfully obeys God and teaches others to do that too.
Being zealous includes putting intense effort into doing something and continuing to persevere in that effort.
The “zeal of the Lord” or the “zeal of Yahweh” refers to God’s strong, persistent actions to bless his people or to see justice done.

Translation Suggestions:

To “be zealous” could also be translated by, “be strongly diligent” or “make an intense effort.”
The term “zeal” could also be translated as “energetic devotion” or “eager determination” or “righteous enthusiasm.”
The phrase, “zeal for your house” could be translated, “strongly honoring your temple” or “fervent desire to take care of your house.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7065, H7068, G2205, G2206, G2207, G6041

Zion, Mount Zion

Definition:

Originally, the term “Zion” or “Mount Zion” referred to a stronghold or fortress that King David captured from the Jebusites. Both these terms became other ways of referring to Jerusalem.

Mount Zion and Mount Moriah were two of the hills that the city of Jerusalem was located on. Later, “Zion” and “Mount Zion” became used as general terms to refer to both of these mountains and to the city of Jerusalem. Sometimes they also referred to the temple that was located in Jerusalem. (See: metonymy)
David named Zion, or Jerusalem, the “City of David.” This is different from David’s hometown, Bethlehem, which was also called the City of David.
The term “Zion” is used in other figurative ways, to refer to Israel or to God’s spiritual kingdom or to the new, heavenly Jerusalem that God will create.

(See also: Abraham, David, Jerusalem, Bethlehem, Jebusites)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6726

،اله ،اله كاذب ،معبودة ، صنم ،وثني، عبادة الاصنام ، وثنية

التعريف

الاله الكازب ده حاجة الناس بيعبدو بدلا من الاله الوحيد الحقيقي. كلمة "المعبودة" بتوري بالتحديد اله وثني انثي .

الالهه الكاذبة او المعبودات ديل ما موجودين .يهوه براو هو الله
الناس مرات بيعملوا حاجات في شكل اصنام عشان يعبدو كرمز لآلهتهم الكاذبة .
في الكتاب المقدس شعب الله بتحولوا بعيد من طاعته عشان يعبدوا الآلهه الكاذبة .
الشياطين دايما بغشوا الناس عشان يؤمنوا بانو الالهه الكاذبة و الاصنام البيعبدوا عندها قوةا .
كان "بعل" و "داجون" و "موليتش" ديل الهه الثلاثة من بين الالهه الكاذبة الكتيرة الناس كانوا بيعبدوهم في زمن الكتاب المقدس .
"اشيرا" و "ارطاميس" (ديانا) ديل اتنين من الالهه العبدتها الشعوب القديمة .

الصنم ده حاجة بيعملوا الناس عشان يقدروا يعبدوه . حاجة بتوصف "بالوثن" لو كان بشمل انو يدوا الكرم لحاجة تانية غير الالهه الواحد الحقيقي .

الناس بيعملوا الاصنام عشان يمثل الالهه الكاذبة البيعبدوها .
الالهه الكاذبة ديل ما موجودين ،مافي الله تاني غير يهوه .
مرات الشياطين بيعملوا من خلال صنم و بخلوا يكون زي العندو قوة مع انو ما عندو .
عادة بيعملو الاصنام من الحاجات الغالية زي الذهب ، الفضة ، البرونز او الخشب الغالي .
"مملكة الوثنية" بتعني "مملكة الناس البيعبدوا الاصنام" او "مملكة الناس البيعبدوا حاجات ارضية"
كلمة "رمز الصنم" هي كلمة تانية "للصورةالمنحوتة" او "الصنم" .

مقترحات ترجمة

ممكن يكون هناك كلمة ل "إله" أو "إله كاذب" في اللغة أو في الغة القريبة.
يمكن استخدام كلمة "صنم" عشان يوري الآلهة الكازبة .
في الإنجليزي ، حرف "g"الصغير تستخدم عشان يوري الآلهة الكاذبة و حرف "G" الكبير تستخدم عشان يوري الإله الحقيقي الوحيد. برضو لغات تانية بتعمل كده .
خيار آخر هو استخدام كلمة مختلفة تماما عشان يوري الآلهة الكاذبة.
بعض اللغات ممكن تزيد كلمة عشان يحدد إذا كان الاله الكاذب يوصف بأنو ذكر أو أنثى.

(See also: God, Asherah, Baal, Molech, demon, image, kingdom, worship)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

10:2 Through these plagues, God showed Pharaoh that he is more powerful than Pharaoh and all of Egypt’s gods.
13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
14:2 They (Canaanites) worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
18:13 But most of Judah’s kings were evil, corrupt, and they worshiped idols. Some of the kings even sacrificed their children to false gods.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H205, H367, H410, H426, H430, H457, H1322, H1544, H1892, H2553, H3649, H4656, H4906, H5236, H5566, H6089, H6090, H6091, H6456, H6459, H6673, H6736, H6754, H7723, H8163, H8251, H8267, H8441, H8655, G1493, G1494, G1495, G1496, G1497, G2299, G2712

ابدية, دائم, ابدي, الى الأبد

تعريف:

الكلمات "دائم" و "أبدي" عندهم معاني متشابهة شديد وبشيرو لحاجة موجود دائمآ أو يدوم إلى الأبد. * الكلمة "ابدية" بشير لحالة من الوجود الما عندها بداية أو نهاية. ممكن يشير كمان للحياة الما بنتهي أبدآ. * بعد الحياة الموجود على الأرض، البشر حيعيشوا الى الأبد في السماء مع الله أو في الجحيم بعيدًا من الله. * الكلمات "الحياة الأبدية" و "الحياة الدائمة" استخدموا في العهد الجديد عشان يوري الحياة إلى الأبد مع الله في السما.

الكلمة "إلى الأبد" بشير للوقت الما بنتهي. * عبارة "إلى الأبد والأبدي" عندها فكرة الزمن الما بنتهي وبتعبر عن الأبدية أو الحياة الأبدية كيف بكون. باكد أنو حاجة معينة حتحصل دائما أو موجود. بتشير للزمن الما بنتهي أبدا.

مقترحات الترجمة:

طرق الأخرى لترجمة "أبدي" أو "دائم" ممكن يشمل "ما بنتهي" أو "ما بقيف أبدا" أو "يستمر دائما".
الكلمات "الحياة الأبدية" و "الحياة االدائمة" ممكن يترجمو كمان زي "الحياة الما بنتهي أبدا" أو "الحياة المستمر بدون توقف" أو "قيامة أجسادنا للحياة إلى الأبد".
على حسب الحالة، طرق مختلفة لترجمة "الأبدية" ممكن تشمل "الموجودة خارج الزمن" أو "الحياة الما بتنتهي" أو "الحياة في السماء".
خت في بالك كمان كيف بترجمو الكلمة دي في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس للغة المحلية أو الوطنية. (راجع: [How to Translate Unknowns] (rc: // en / ta / man / translate / translate-unknown))
"إلى الأبد" ممكن كمان يترجمو ب"دائما" أو "ما بنتهي أبدا".
العبارة "حتستمر إلى الأبد" ممكن يترجمو زي "موجود دائما" أو "ما بقيف أبدا" أو "حيستمر دائما".
العبارة المؤكدة "إلى الأبد والأبدي" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي ل "دائما ودائم" أو "ما بنتهي أبدا" أو "الما بنتهي أبدا".
عرش داود الدائم إلى الأبد ممكن يترجمو زي "نسل داود حيحكم إلى الأبد" أو "نسل داود حيحكم دائما".

(See also: David, reign, life)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
28:1 One day, a rich young ruler came up to Jesus and asked him, “Good Teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” Jesus said to him, “Why do you ask me about what is good? There is only One who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.”
28:10 Jesus answered, “Everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for my name’s sake, will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3117, H4481, H5331, H5703, H5705, H5769, H5865, H5957, H6924, G126, G165, G166, G1336

ابن الله, الأبن

<<<<<<< HEAD

حقائق:

كلمة "ابن الله" بشير ليسوع, كلمة الله, الجاء للعالم كانسان. هو كمان غالبآ بشير ليهو زى "الأبن". * ابن الله عندو نفس طبيعة الله الأب, و هو الله الكامل. * الله الأب, الله الأبن, و الله الروح القدس كلهم جوهر واحد. * ما زي اولاد البشر، ابن الله دايما موجود. * في البداية, ابن الله كان فعال مع الأب و الروح القدس في خلق الدنيا. لان يسوع هو ابن الله, هو احب و اطاع ابوه, وابوه حباهو.

مقترحات الترجمة:

بالنسبة لكلمة "ابن الله" افضل ان يترجم "ابن" بنفس الكلمةاللغة حيستخدمو طبيعيا عشان يشير لأبن البشر.
تاكد انو الكلمة المستخدمة لترجمة "ابن" مناسب مع الكلمة المستخدمة لترجمة "اب" ، و ان الكلمات ديل هم اكتر الكلمات الطبيعية المستخدمة عشان تعبر عن العلاقةالحقيقية بين الأب والابن في لغة المشروع.
استخدام الحرف الكبير في بداية "ابن" ممكن يساعد بانو دا بتكلم عن الله.
"العبارة "ابن" هو الشكل المختصر من "ابن الله," خاصة لمن يحصل في نفس الحالة زي "الأب".

=======

Son of God, the Son

حقائق:

Facts:

كلمة "ابن الله" بشير ليسوع, كلمة الله, الجاء للعالم كانسان. هو كمان غالبآ بشير ليهو زى "الأبن". The term “Son of God” refers to Jesus, the Word of God, who came into the world as a human being. He is also often referred to as “the Son.”

ابن الله عندو نفس طبيعة الله الأب, و هو الله الكامل. * The Son of God has the same nature as God the Father, and is fully God.

الله الأب, الله الأبن, و الله الروح القدس كلهم جوهر واحد. * God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit are all of one essence.

ما زي اولاد البشر، ابن الله دايما موجود. * Unlike human sons, the Son of God has always existed.

في البداية, ابن الله كان فعال مع الأب و الروح القدس في خلق الدنيا. * In the beginning, the Son of God was active in creating the world, along with the Father and the Holy Spirit.

لان يسوع هو ابن الله, هو احب و اطاع ابوه, وابوه حباهو. Because Jesus is God’s Son, he loves and obeys his Father, and his Father loves him.

مقترحات الترجمة

Translation Suggestions:

بالنسبة لكلمة "ابن الله" افضل ان يترجم "ابن" بنفس الكلمةاللغة حيستخدمو طبيعيا عشان يشير لأبن البشر. * For the term “Son of God,” it is best to translate “Son” with the same word the language would naturally use to refer to a human son.

تاكد انو الكلمة المستخدمة لترجمة "ابن" مناسب مع الكلمة المستخدمة لترجمة "اب" ، و ان الكلمات ديل هم اكتر الكلمات الطبيعية المستخدمة عشان تعبر عن العلاقةالحقيقية بين الأب والابن في لغة المشروع. * Make sure the word used to translate “son” fits with the word used to translate “father” and that these words are the most natural ones used to express a true father-son relationship in the project language.

استخدام الحرف الكبير في بداية "ابن" ممكن يساعد بانو دا بتكلم عن الله. * Using a capital letter to begin “Son” may help show that this is talking about God.

"العبارة "ابن" هو الشكل المختصر من "ابن الله," خاصة لمن يحصل في نفس الحالة زي "الأب". * The phrase “the Son” is a shortened form of “the Son of God,” especially when it occurs in the same context as “the Father.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:5 The angel explained, “The Holy Spirit will come to you, and the power of God will overshadow you. So the baby will be holy, the Son of God.”
24:9 God had told John, “The Holy Spirit will come down and rest on someone you baptize. That person is the Son of God.”
31:8 The disciples were amazed. They worshiped Jesus, saying to him, “Truly, you are the Son of God.”
37:5 Martha answered, “Yes, Master! I believe you are the Messiah, the Son of God.”
42:10 “So go, make disciples of all people groups by baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, and by teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.”
46:6 Right away, Saul began preaching to the Jews in Damascus, saying, “Jesus is the Son of God!”
49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H426, H430, H1121, H1247, G2316, G5207

اخبار سارة, الانجيل

تعريف:

كلمة "انجيل" حرفيآ بيعني "اخبار سارة" و بشير لرسالة او اعلان البكلم الناس عن حاجة بستفيدوا منو و بخليهم مبسوطين. * في الكتاب المقدس, الكلمة دي عادة بتشير لرسالة خلاص الله للناس من خلال ذبيحة يسوع على الصليب. * في معظم الكتب المقدسة الأنجليزية, "الاخبار السارة" عادة بترجموها زي "انجيل" و كمان بستخدمو في تعابير زي "انجيل يسوع المسيح"، "انجيل الله" و "انجيل الملكوت".

مقترحات الترجمة:

طرق مختلفة لترجمة الكلمة دي ممكن تشمل, "رسالة سارة" او "اعلان سار" او رسالة الله للخلاص" او "الحاجة الكويسة العلمها الله عن يسوع".
على حسب الحالة, طرق لترجمة العبارة "اخبار سارة ل" يمكن يشمل, "اخبار سارة / رسالةعن" او "رسالة كويسة من" او "الحاجات السمحة الله كلمنا عنو" او "القالو الله عن كيف هو بخلص الناس".

(See also: kingdom, sacrifice, save)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

23:6 The angel said, “Do not be afraid, because I have some good news for you. The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem!”
26:3 Jesus read, “God has given me his Spirit so that I can proclaim good news to the poor, freedom to captives, recovery of sight for the blind, and release to the oppressed. This is the year of the Lord’s favor.”
45:10 Philip also used other Scriptures to tell him the good news of Jesus.
46:10 Then they sent them off to preach the good news about Jesus in many other places.
47:1 One day, Paul and his friend Silas went to the town of Philippi to proclaim the good news about Jesus.
47:13 The good news about Jesus kept spreading, and the Church kept growing.
50:1 For almost 2,000 years, more and more people around the world have been hearing the good news about Jesus the Messiah.
50:2 When Jesus was living on earth he said, “My disciples will preach the good news about the kingdom of God to people everywhere in the world, and then the end will come.”
50:3 Before he returned to heaven, Jesus told Christians to proclaim the good news to people who have never heard it.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G2097, G2098, G4283

اختبار، تشهد، شاهد، شاهد عيان

تعريف:

لمن شخص يدي "اختبار" هو بعمل بيان عن حاجة بيعرفه، بعلن أنو البيان دا صحيح. " عشان تشهد" هو انو تدي "اختبار". * غالبا الشخص "بيشهد" على حاجة اختبره بشكل مباشر. * لشاهد "البيشهد بالكذب" ما بوري الحقيقة الحصلت. * أحيانا كلمة "الشهادة" بتشير لنبوءة القالو النبي. * في العهد الجديد، غالبا الكلمة دا استخدموا عشان يشير كيف اتباع يسوع شهدوا عن أحداث حياة، موت، وقيامة يسوع.

كلمة "شاهد" بتشير لشخص الهو شخصياً اختبر الحاجة الحصلت. عادة الشاهد هو شخص معين كمان بشهد بالحاجة البعرفو أنو صحيح. كلمة "شاهد عيان" ياكد أنو الشخص كان هناك بالفعل وشاف الحصل. * عشان "تشهد" على حاجة يعني تشوفو حصل. * في المحاكمة، الشاهد "بدي شهادة" أو "بيشهد". دا عندو نفس المعنى زي "يشهد". * يتوقعو من الشهود أنو يقولوا الحقيقة عن الشافو أو السمعوا. * الشاهد الما بيقول الحقيقة عن الحصل بسمو "الشاهد الكذاب". بقولوا انو هو "بدي شهادة كاذبة" أو " يحمل شهادة كاذبة". * العبارة "كون شاهد بين" تعني أنو شخص او حاجة معين حيكون شاهد على الاتفاق عملوه. حيتأكد الشاهد من انو كل شخص عمل الوعد بيهو انو يعملو.

مقترحات الترجمة:

الكلمة "شهد" أو "ادة اختبار" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي"قول الحقائق" أو "قول الاتشاف أو الاتسمع" أو "قول عن التجربة الشخصية" أو "قدم دليل" أو "قول الحصل".
طرق لترجمة "الاختبار" ممكن تشمل "تقرير عن الحصل" أو "بيان عن شنو الحقيقة" أو "الدليل" أو " شنو القالوا" أو "النبوءة".
عبارة "زي الاختبار ليهم" ممكن يترجمو زي عشان "تبين ليهم شنو هو الصحيح" أو "تثبت ليهم شنو هو الحقيقة".
عبارة "زي شهادة ضدهم" ممكن يترجمو زي "البظهر خطيئتهم" أو "البكشف كذبهم" أو "البثبت أنو هم على خطا".
"تقدم شهادة كاذبة" ممكن تترجم زي "قول حاجة كاذبة عن" أو "تذكر حاجة ما صحيحة".
كلمة "شاهد" أو "شاهد عيان" ممكن يترجمو بكلمة أو عبارة البتعني "الشخص الشافو" أو "الشخص الشافو حصل" أو " ديل هم الشافو وسمعوا (الحاجات ديل)".
الحاجة "البتشهد" ممكن يترجمو زي "ضمان" أو "علامة وعدنا" أو "حاجة بتشهد انو دا صحيح ".
عبارة "حتكون شاهد لي" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "حتكلم ناس تانين عني" أو "حتعلم الناس الحقيقة العلمتك ليهو" أو "حتكلم الناس بالشفتو انا بعملو وسمعتني بعلمو."
"تشهد على" ممكن يترجمو زي "تقول الاتشاف" أو "تشهد" أو "تزكر الحصل".
"تشهد"على حاجة ممكن يترجمو زي "تشوف حاجة" أو "تختبر حاجة حصلت".

(See also: ark of the covenant, guilt, judge, prophet, testimony, true)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

39:2 Inside the house, the Jewish leaders put Jesus on trial. They brought many false witnesses who lied about him.
39:4 The high priest tore his clothes in anger and shouted, “We do not need any more witnesses. You have heard him say that he is the Son of God. What is your judgment?”
42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins. They will do this starting in Jerusalem, and then go to all people groups everywhere. You are witnesses of these things.”
43:7 “We are witnesses to the fact that God raised Jesus to life again.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5707, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G267, G1263, G1957, G2649, G3140, G3141, G3142, G3143, G3144, G4303, G4828, G4901, G5575, G5576, G5577, G6020

ارض الموعد

حقائق

كلمة "ارض الموعد" بس ظهر في قصص الكتاب المقدس ومافى النص الكتابي . دي الطريقة البوري ارض كنعان الكان الله وعد انو يديه لابراهيم ونسله .

لمن "ابرام" كان عايش فى مدينة (اور) الله امره عشان يمشي يسكن في ارض كنعان .هو و نسله الإسرائليين عاشو هناك لسنين كتيرة .
لمن المجاعة الشديدة خلت الاكل معدوم في كنعان ، الاسرائيليين رحلوا لمصر .
بعد اربعمائة سنة، الله انقذ الإسرائيليين من العبودية فى مصر و رجعهم تانى لارض كنعان، الارض الوعد انو يديها ليهم .

مقترحات الترجمة

كلمة "ارض الموعد" يمكن يترجمو زي "الارض الله قال بديها لابراهيم" او "الارض الله وعد بيه ابراهيم" او "الارض الله وعد بيها شعبه" او "ارض كنعان"
في نص الكتاب المقدس ، الكلمة دي بتظهر كشكل من أشكال "الأرض الله وعد بيها".

(See also: Canaan, promise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:1 They (Israelites) were no longer slaves, and they were going to the Promised Land!
14:1 After God had told the Israelites the laws he wanted them to obey as part of his covenant with them, God began leading them from Mount Sinai toward the Promised Land, which was also called Canaan.
14:2 God had promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob that he would give the Promised Land to their descendants, but now there were many people groups living there.
14:14 Then God led the people to the edge of the Promised Land again.
15:2 The Israelites had to cross the Jordan River to enter into the Promised Land.
15:12 After this battle, God gave each tribe of Israel its own section of the Promised Land.
20:9 This period of time when God’s people were forced to leave the Promised Land is called the Exile.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0776, H3068, H3423, H5159, H5414, H7650

اسرائيل، اسرائيلين

قائق

كلمة اسرائيل ده اسم الله اداو ليعقوب .بوري غالبا الامة الجاية منه

اسم اسرائيل ربما بيعني "صارع مع الله"
نسل يعقوب بيقوا معروفين "كأولاد اسرائيل" او "ناس اسرائيل" او "شعب اسرائيل" او "الاسرائيليين"
الله عمل عهده مع شعب اسرائيل .هم كانوا شعبه المختار .
امة اسرائيل تتكون من اثناعشر قبيلة .
بفترة بسيطة بعد موت الملك سليمان تم تقسيم اسرائيل الى مملكتين :المملكة الجنوبية، و اسموها يهوذا و المملكة الشمالية و اسموها اسرائيل .
غالبا كلمة اسرائيل يمكن يترجم زي "ناس اسرائيل" او "شعب اسرائيل" ،على حسب التعبير

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:15 The descendants of the twelve sons became the twelve tribes of Israel.
9:3 The Egyptians forced the Israelites to build many buildings and even whole cities.
9:5 A certain Israelite woman gave birth to a baby boy.
10:1 They said, “This is what the God of Israel says, ‘Let my people go!’”
14:12 But despite all this, the people of Israel complained and grumbled against God and against Moses.
15:9 God fought for Israel that day. He caused the Amorites to be confused and he sent large hailstones that killed many of the Amorites.
15:12 After this battle, God gave each tribe of Israel its own section of the Promised Land. Then God gave Israel peace along all its borders.
16:16 So God punished Israel again for worshiping idols.
43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3478, H3479, H3481, H3482, G935, G2474, G2475

<<<<<<< HEAD

اكمل, قد اكمل, نفذ,

تعريف:

كلمة "امكل" بيعني تكمل أو تنجز حاجة الكان متوقع. * لمن النبوءة تتحقق، دا بيعني أن الله اتسبب عشان يحصل الكان "اتنباوا" بيه في النبوة. * لو شخص اكمل وعده او حلف, معناه يعمل الحاجة الوعد بيهو. * عشان يكمل المسؤولية معناه عشان يعمل المهمة المكلفة أو المطلوبة.

مقترحات الترجمة:

حسب الحالة، "اكمل" ممكن يترجمتو زي "إنجاز" أو "كمال" أو "يقوم بعمل" أو "طاعة" أو "تنفيذ".
العبارة "قد اكمل" يمكن كمان يترجمو زي "تم بالحقيقه" أو "حصلت" أو "حصل".
طرق ترجمة "اكمل"، زي في"اكمل خدمتك"، يمكن يشمل "كمل" أو "نفذ" أو "يعمل" أو "اخدم الناس التانين زي ما الله ناداك عشان تعملو".

اكمل, قد اكمل, نفذ,

fulfill, fulfilled, carried out

تعريف:

Definition:

كلمة "امكل" بيعني تكمل أو تنجز حاجة الكان متوقع. The term “fulfill” means to complete or accomplish something that was expected.

لمن النبوءة تتحقق، دا بيعني أن الله اتسبب عشان يحصل الكان "اتنباوا" بيه في النبوة. * When a prophecy is fulfilled, it means that God causes to happen what was predicted in the prophecy.

لو شخص اكمل وعده او حلف, معناه يعمل الحاجة الوعد بيهو. * If a person fulfills a promise or a vow, it means that he does what he has promised to do.

عشان يكمل المسؤولية معناه عشان يعمل المهمة المكلفة أو المطلوبة. * To fulfill a responsibility means to do the task that was assigned or required.

مقترحات الترجمة:

Translation Suggestions:

حسب الحالة، "اكمل" ممكن يترجمتو زي "إنجاز" أو "كمال" أو "يقوم بعمل" أو "طاعة" أو "تنفيذ". * Depending on the context, “fulfill” could be translated as “accomplish” or “complete” or “cause to happen” or “obey” or “perform.”

العبارة "قد اكمل" يمكن كمان يترجمو زي "تم بالحقيقه" أو "حصلت" أو "حصل". * The phrase “has been fulfilled” could also be translated as “has come true” or “has happened” or “has taken place.”

طرق ترجمة "اكمل"، زي في"اكمل خدمتك"، يمكن يشمل "كمل" أو "نفذ" أو "يعمل" أو "اخدم الناس التانين زي ما الله ناداك عشان تعملو". * Ways to translate “fulfill,” as in “fulfill your ministry,” could include “complete” or “perform” or “practice” or “serve other people as God has called you to do.”

(See also: prophet, Christ, minister, call)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

24:4 John fulfilled what the prophets said, “See I send my messenger ahead of you, who will prepare your way.”
40:3 The soldiers gambled for Jesus’ clothing. When they did this, they fulfilled a prophecy that said, “They divided my garments among them, and gambled for my clothing.”
42:7 Jesus said, “I told you that everything written about me in God’s word must be fulfilled.”
43:5 “This fulfills the prophecy made by the prophet Joel in which God said, ‘In the last days, I will pour out my Spirit.’”
43:7 “This fulfills the prophecy which says, ‘You will not let your Holy One rot in the grave.’”
44:5 “Although you did not understand what you were doing, God used your actions to fulfill the prophecies that the Messiah would suffer and die.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1214, H5487, G1096, G4138

البريء

تعريف:

كلمة "بريء" بيعني ما تكون مذنب بجريمة أواي عمل خطى. يمكن برضو يوري بشكل عام الناس الما شاركوا في الحاجات الشريرة.

الشخص المتهم بعمل حاجة غلط هو بريء لو هو ما عمل الغلط.
احيانآ كلمة "بريء" يستخدم للناس الما عملوا اي غلط عشان يستحقوا المعاملة الكعبة اللقوها، زي جيش العدو لمن يهاجم"الناس الأبرياء".
في الكتاب المقدس ، "الدم" يمكن يمثل "القتل"، لذلك "دم البريء" بوري "قتل الناس الما بيستحقوا الموت".

اقتراحات الترجمة:

في معظم الحالات، كلمة"بريء" يمكن ترجمته زي "ماعندو ذنب" أو "ما مسؤول" أو "ما عندو لوم" بحاجة.
لمن يشار لناس الأبرياء بشكل عام ، الكلمة ده يمكن يترجم زي "الما عملو أي غلط" أو "الما شاركوا في الشر".
"لسفك دم الأبرياء" يمكن يترجموه"قتل الناس الما بيستحقوا الموت".

(See also: guilt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:6 After two years, Joseph was still in prison, even though he was innocent.
40:4 One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Do you have no fear of God? We are guilty, but this man is innocent.”
40:8 When the soldier guarding Jesus saw everything that happened, he said, “Certainly, this man was innocent. He was the Son of God.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2136, H2600, H2643, H5352, H5355, H5356, G121

الجحيم, بحيرة النار

تعريف:

الجحيم دا المكان الأخير للألم والمعاناة الما بتنتهي الفيهو الله بعاقب كل شخص البتمرد ضده وبرفض خطتة عشان ينقذو من خلال ذبيحة يسوع. و كمان بشيروا ليهو باسم "بحيرة النار". * الجحيم بوصفوا بمكان نار وعذاب شديدة. * الشيطان والأرواح الشريرة البتبعوه بيرموهم في الجحيم للعقاب الأبدي. * الناس الما بيؤمنو بذبيحة يسوع لخطاياهم وما بيثقو فيهو عشان يخلصهم، حيعاقبوهم للأبد في الجحيم.

مقترحات الترجمة:

احتمال الكلمات دي تترجم بشكل مختلف مدام بتحصل في عبارات مختلفة.
بعض اللغات ما بتقدر تستخدم كلمة "بحيرة" في عبارة "بحيرة النار" لأنو بتشير لموية.
كلمة "الجحيم" ممكن يترجمو زي "مكان العذاب" أو "آخر مكان لظلام والم".
عبارة "بحيرة النار" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "بحر النار" أو "نار كبير (للعذاب)" أو "حقل نار".

(See also: heaven, death, Hades, abyss)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

50:14 He (God) will throw them into hell, where they will weep and grind their teeth in anguish forever. A fire that never goes out will continually burn them, and worms will never stop eating them.
50:15 He will throw Satan into hell where he will burn forever, along with everyone who chose to follow him rather than to obey God.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7585, G86, G439, G440, G1067, G3041, G4442, G4443, G4447, G4448, G5020, G5394, G5457

الحياة, حي, يعيش, عايش

التعريف

كلمة الحياة بيعني الحياة في الجسد وهو عكس الموت الجسدي

الحياة الجسدي

الحياة يمكن بوري الأنسان براوه، زي مثلا "نقول انقذوا حياته "
مرات كلمة الحياة بيعني ،تجربة العيش ،زي مثلا :حياته كان ممتع
وممكن برضو نصف بيهو عمر الأنسان ، زي ما في التعبير ، "نهاية حياته "
كلمة "عايش " يمكن يعني حي جسديا زي مثلا اقول امي لسه عايشة وممكن برضو يعني المسكن في مكان ما زي مثلا نقول :"كانوا ساكنين في المدينة "
في الكتاب المقدس مفهوم "الحياة " هو عادة عكس مفهوم "الموت "

الحياة الابدية

الأنسان يكون عندو الحياة الابدية لمن يؤمن بيسوع . الله بغير حياة الأنسان ده بواسطة الروح القدس العايش فيه
عكس كلمة الحياة الابدية ،ده الموت الابدي ومعناه انك تفارق الله وتلقة العقاب الابدي

خيارات ترجمة

وحسب الحالة ده ،الحياة يمكن يترجم زي "بقاء"او "انسان "او "روح "او "كائن "او "تجربة"
كلمة عايش يمكن يترجم زي "ساكن" او "يقيم "او "موجود "
التعبير "نهاية حياته " يمكن يترجم، "لمن يقيف من الحياة"
تعبير، "ختوا نفوسهم" يمكن يترجم زي ، "خلوهم يعيشوا " او "ما قتلوهم "
عبارة ،"خاطروا بحياتهم " يمكن يترجم زي ، "خطوا نفوسهم في خطر " او "عملوا حاجة كان قرب يقتلهم "
لمن الكتاب المقدس يتكلم عن الحياة الابدية ، كلمة "الحياة " بترجم بالطرق دي :"الحياة الابدية" او "الله خلانا عايشين بارواحنا "او "حياة جديدة بروح الله "او "خلانا عايشين بانساننا الباطل"
و حسب الكلام ده ، عبارة ،"اعطي الحياة " يمكن يترجم زي ، "سبب للعيش "او "ادى الحياة الابدية " او "بقى سبب في انو يعيش الى الابد "

(See also: death, everlasting)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

1:10 So God took some dirt, formed it into a man, and breathed life into him.
3:1 After a long time, many people were living in the world.
8:13 When Joseph’s brothers returned home and told their father, Jacob, that Joseph was still alive, he was very happy.
17:9 However, toward the end of his [David’s] life he sinned terribly before God.
27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
35:5 Jesus replied, “I am the Resurrection and the Life.”
44:5 “You are the ones who told the Roman governor to kill Jesus. You killed the author of life, but God raised him from the dead.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1934, H2416, H2417, H2421, H2425, H5315, G198, G222, G227, G806, G590

الرسول, الرسولية

تعريف:

"الرسل" كانوا رجال مرسلين بواسطة يسوع عشان يبشرو عن الله و ملكوته. كلمة "الرسولية" بشير للوظيفة و السلطة للكانوا مختارين كرسل. * كلمة "رسول" تعني "شخص مرسل لغرض خاص". الرسول عندو نفس سلطة الشخص الرسلو. * التلاميذ الاثناعشر القريبين ليسوع هم بقوا اول الرسول. زي ما بقى الرجال التانين رسل كمان زي،بولس و يعقوب. * بقوّة الله ، الرسل قدروا يبشروا بالإنجيل بدون خوف و يشفوا الناس ، و قدروا يجبروا الشياطين يطلعوا من الناس.

مقترحات الترجمة:

كلمة "رسول" ممكن كمان يترجمو بكلمة أو عبارة البتعني "شخص مُعين رسلو" أو " واحد رسلو" أو "شخص نادو يطلع ويبشر برسالة الله للناس".
من المهم ترجمة الكلمات "رسول" و "تلميذ" بطرق مختلفة.
خت في بالك كمان كيف ترجمو الكلمة دي في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس للغة المحلية أو الوطنية. (شوف كيف تترجم الما معروف).

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

26:10 Then Jesus chose twelve men who were called his apostles. The apostles traveled with Jesus and learned from him.
30:1 Jesus sent his apostles to preach and to teach people in many different villages.
38:2 Judas was one of Jesus’ apostles. He was in charge of the apostles’ money bag, but he loved money and often stole from the bag.
43:13 The disciples devoted themselves to the apostles’ teaching, fellowship, eating together, and prayer.
46:8 Then a believer named Barnabas took Saul to the apostles and told them how Saul had preached boldly in Damascus.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G651, G652, G2491, G5376, G5570

الزنا , زانية , زاني , فاجرة

التعريف:

تشير كلمة "الزنا" إلى الخطية البتحصل لمن يكون الشخص المتزوج عندو علاقة جنسية مع شخص غير زوج/ زوجة. الاتنين مذنبين بالزنا. كلمة "الزانية" بيصف نوع من سلوك أو أي شخص بعمل الخطية ده.

تشير كلمة "الزاني"عموما لأي شخص بيعمل الزنا.
في بعض الأحيان تستخدم كلمة "الزانية" عشان تحدد انو الزانية كانت مرأة .
الزنا يكسر الوعد العملو الزوج و الزوجة لبعضهم في عهد زواجهم .
الله امر الإسرائيليين عشان ما يعملوا الزنا.

اقتراحات الترجمة

إذا اللغة المستهدفة ماعندها كلمة تعني "الزنا" يمكن يترجمو الكلمة ده بعبارة "يعمل علاقة جنسية مع زوجة شخص آخر" أو "أن تكون في علاقة جسدية مع زوج شخص تاني".
بعض اللغات يمكن يكونوا عندهم طريقة غير مباشرة يتكلموا بيها عن الزنا زي "النوم مع زوج شخص آخر" أو "ما امين لزوجة زول تاني ".

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:6 “Do not commit adultery.”
28:2 Do not commit adultery.
34:7 “The religious leader prayed like this, ‘Thank you, God, that I am not a sinner like other men-such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector.’”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5003, H5004, G3428, G3429, G3430, G3431, G3432

السبت

التعريف:

كلمة "سبت" بوري اليوم السابع من الأسبوع ، الكان الله أمر إلاسرائيليين أنو يكون يوم راحة وما يقوموا باى عمل.

لمن الله انتهى من خلق العالم في ستة أيام ، ارتاح في اليوم السابع. وبنفس الطريقة ، الله أمر الإسرائيليين يبقو اليوم السابع كيوم خاص للراحة والعبادة ليه.
أمر "احفظ يوم السبت مقدسًا" هو واحد من الوصايا العشرة الكتبها الله على الألواح الحجرية الاداها لموسى عشان يديها للإسرائيليين .
حسب النظام اليهودي في حسابهم للايام ، السبت ببدا في يوم الجمعة مع غروب الشمس و بستمر حتى يوم السبت مع غروب الشمس .
غالبا في الكتاب المقدس السبت بسمو "يوم السبت" بدلا من السبت بس .

افتراحات ترجم:

يمكن كمان ده يترجمو زي "يوم راحة" أو "يوم للراحة" أو "يوم ما للعمل" أو "يوم راحة لله"
بعض الترجمات بتكتب الكلمة دي بالحروف الكبيرة عشان يوري انو ده يوم خاص زي "يوم السبت" او "يوم راحة".
خت في الاعتبار كيف الكلمة دي بترجموها في اللغة المحلية أو الوطنية.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: rest)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:5 “Always be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy. That is, do all your work in six days, for the seventh day is a day for you to rest and to honor me.”
26:2 Jesus went to the town of Nazareth where he had lived during his childhood. On the Sabbath, he went to the place of worship.
41:3 The day after Jesus was buried was a Sabbath day, and the Jews were not permitted to go to the tomb on that day.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4868, H7676, H7677, G4315, G4521

الشر, شرير, نجس

التعريف

في الكتاب المقدس كلمة "شرير"يمكن يعني شر اخلاقي او ما مفرح من الناحية العاطفية والمفهوم بكون دايما واضح ،وده بيعني الكلمةالمقصودة كنموزج معين

و بينما كلمة "شر" يمكن نوصف صفات انسان ، "شرير "برضو بيعني بالاكتر سلوك الزول ،لكن الكلمتين بتشابهو شديد في المعنى
كلمة "الشر " بيعني الحالة البنصف بيهو الزول لما يكون مشترك في عمل الشر
نتائج الشر واضح من خلال معامله بطالة للاخرين مثلا القتل ،السرقة ،الافتراء ،قسوه و غير لطيف

خيارات ترجمة

على حسب العبارة, كلمة "الشر" و "الشرير" يمكن نترجمهم بي "كعب "او "خاطي" او" فاسد "
وطرق تاني لترجمة يمكن يكون "ما بار" او "غير صالح" او "فاسد"
تتاكد انو الكلمات او العبارات المستعملة المترجم للكلمات المزكور مناسب للطبيعة اللغةالمقصود

(See also: disobey, sin, good, righteous, demon)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

2:4 “God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.”
3:1 After a long time, many people were living in the world. They had become very wicked and violent.
3:2 But Noah found favor with God. He was a righteous man living among wicked people.
4:2 God saw that if they all kept working together to do evil, they could do many more sinful things.
8:12 “You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good!”
14:2 They (Canaanites) worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
17:1 But then he (Saul) became a wicked man who did not obey God, so God chose a different man who would one day be king in his place.
18:11 In the new kingdom of Israel, all the kings were evil.
29:8 The king was so angry that he threw the wicked servant into prison until he could pay back all of his debt.
45:2 They said, “We heard him (Stephen) speak evil things about Moses and God!”
50:17 He (Jesus) will wipe away every tear and there will be no more suffering, sadness, crying, evil, pain, or death.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0205, H0605, H1100, H1681, H1942, H2154, H2162, H2254, H2617, H3399, H3415, H4209, H4849, H5753, H5766, H5767, H5999, H6001, H6090, H7451, H7455, H7489, H7561, H7562, H7563, H7564, G0092, G0113, G0459, G0932, G0987, G0988, G1426, G2549, G2551, G2554, G2555, G2556, G2557, G2559, G2560, G2635, G2636, G4151, G4189, G4190, G4191, G5337

الكاهن الاعلى ،رئيس الكهنة

التعريف:

كلمة "الكاهن الأعلى" بتشير لكاهن خاص عينوا عشان يخدم لفترة سنة كقائد لكل الكهنة الإسرائيليين الآخرين. في زمن العهد الجديد ، بعض الكهنة بعتبروهم برضو قادة دينيين مهمين شديد لليهود، في السلطة على الكهنة الآخرين والشعب. ديل كانوا كبار الكهنة.

الكاهن الأعلى كان عندو مسؤوليات خاصة. كان هو الوحيد المسموح ليهو يدخل في الجزء المقدس اكتر من الخيمة او الهيكل عشان يقدم ذبيحة خاصة مرة كل في سنة .
كان الإسرائيليين عندهم كهنة كتيرة ، لكن بس كاهن واحد اعلى في نفس الوقت .
بعد ما الكاهن الاعلى يخلي منصبو ، هم لسه بحتفظوا بلقبو وبعض مسؤوليات المكتب . مثلا زي حنان كان لسه بنادوا الكاهن الاعلى في فترة كهنوت قيافا و غيرها .
كان الكهنة الكبار مسؤولين عن كل حاجة بحتاجوا ليها لخدمة العبادة في الهيكل . كمان كانوا مسؤولين عن الأموال البقدموها للمعبد .
الكهنة الكبار كانوا الأعلى في الرتبة والسلطة من الكهنة العاديين. بس الكاهن الأعلى كَانَ عِنْدَهُ سلطةُ أكترُ.
الكهنةالكبار كانوا جزء من أعداء يسوع الرئيسين وأثروا شديد على القادة الرومانيين عشان يقبضوه و يقتلوه .

ترجمات اخرى:

يمكن يترجمو "الكاهن الأعلى" على أنه "الكاهن العالى" أو "الكاهن الأعلى في رتبة".
كلمة "كبار الكهنة" يمكن ترجمته زي "رئيس الكهنة" أو "قائد الكهنة" أو " حاكم الكهنة".

(See also: Annas, Caiaphas, priest, temple)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:8 No one could enter the room behind the curtain except the high priest, because God lived there.
21:7 The Messiah who would come would be the perfect high priest who would offer himself as a perfect sacrifice to God.
38:3 The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas thirty silver coins to betray Jesus.
39:1 The soldiers led Jesus to the house of the high priest in order for the high priest to question him.
39:3 Finally, the high priest looked directly at Jesus and said, “Tell us, are you the Messiah, the Son of the living God?”
44:7 The next day, the Jewish leaders brought Peter and John to the high priest and the other religious leaders.
45:2 So the religious leaders arrested Stephen and brought him to the high priest and the other leaders of the Jews, where more false witnesses lied about Stephen.
46:1 The high priest gave Saul permission to go to the city of Damascus to arrest Christians there and bring them back to Jerusalem.
48:6 Jesus is the Great High Priest. Unlike other priests, he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could to take away the sin of all the people in the world. Jesus was the perfect high priest because he took the punishment for every sin that anyone has ever committed.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7218, H1419, H3548, G748, G749

الله

التعريف

في الكتاب المقدس ،كلمة "الله" بيعني الكائن الابدي اي الاذلي الخلق الكون من مافي، الله موجود في تلاتة شخصيات الاب و الابن و الروح القدس ، واسمه الشخصي هو يهوه

الله هو موجود دايما و موجود قبل ما يكون في اي شئ في الوجود وهو بكون موجود الى الابد
هو الله الحقيقي العندو سلطان على كل شئ في الدنيا
الله كامل البراة ،حكيم بلا حدود،قدوس ،ما بخطا و ما بظلم ورحيم و كمان محب
هو الله حافظ العهد و امين في وعدو
الناس خلقوهم عشان يعبدو الله الحي لانو هو الوحيد البستحق العبادة
الله ورى اسمو "يهوه "و معناه "هو" او "انا" او "الكائن "
الكتاب المقدس او بعلمنا عن الالهه الكازبة هي الاصنام الغير حية او ناس قعدين يعبدوهم بالخطا

خيارات ترجمة

طرق ترجم كلمة "الله" ، يمكن يترجم : الأله ، كائن الأعلي ،او رب السياد الخالص او الكائن الأبدي الأعلى
تعرف كلمة الله بينادو كيف بالغة المحلية او القومية ،و لو بقى في كلمة معين بشير لكلمة الله لازم تتاكد بانو الكلمة ده بدي الوصف الصحيح لكلمة الله زي ما موضح في صفات الله الزكرناه فوق
لغات كتيرة تبدا كلمة الله الحقيقي بحرف كبير عشان يفرق بين الله من الهة الكازبة, بطريقة تاني عشان تفرق استعمال الله الحقيقي واله الكاذبة, نلاحظ في الكتاب المقدس عن الأنسان المابيعبد يهوه بتكلم عشان يهوه ويستعمل كلمة الله يكون مقبول باستعمال الكلمة بدون حرف كبير بيوري يهوه. انظر يونان 1:6 و يونان 2:9.
عبارة "ساكون لهم الها ويكونون لي شعبا " يمكن نفسرو كده :انا الله انا بكون رئيس لي الشعب ده ، وهم بيعبدوني

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

1:1 God created the universe and everything in it in six days.
1:15 God made man and woman in his own image.
5:3 “I am God Almighty. I will make a covenant with you.”
9:14 God said, “I AM WHO I AM. Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is my name forever.’”
10:2 Through these plagues, God showed Pharaoh that he is more powerful than Pharaoh and all of Egypt’s gods.
16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
22:7 “You, my son, will be called the prophet of the Most High God who will prepare the people to receive the Messiah!”
24:9 There is only one God. But John heard God the Father speak, and saw Jesus the Son and the Holy Spirit when he baptized Jesus.
25:7 “Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.”
28:1 “There is only one who is good, and that is God.”
49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.
50:16 But some day God will create a new heaven and a new earth that will be perfect.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H136, H305, H410, H426, H430, H433, H2486, H2623, H3068, H3069, H3863, H4136, H6697, G112, G516, G932, G935, G1096, G1140, G2098, G2124, G2128, G2150, G2152, G2153, G2299, G2304, G2305, G2312, G2313, G2314, G2315, G2316, G2317, G2318, G2319, G2320, G3361, G3785, G4151, G5207, G5377, G5463, G5537, G5538

<<<<<<< HEAD

الله الاب ، الآب السماوي ، الآب

حقائق:

الكلمات "الله الاب " "الاب السماوى" بتشير ليهوه الله الواحد الحقيقي. كلمة تانى بنفس المعنى هو "الاب" ،غالبًااستخدم لمن يسوع كان بشير لنفسه. * الله موجود زي الله الاب ،الله الابن ، و الله الروح القدس. لكن كلهم اله واحد. ده سر البشر العادي ما بيقدر يفهمه بالكامل. * الله الآب رسل الله الابن (يسوع) للعالم و هو رسل الروح القدس لشعبه. * اى شخص بؤمن بالله الابن بيبقى ابن الله الآب، والله الروح القدس بجى يسكن في الشخص داك . دا سر تانى الكائن البشري ما بقدر يفهمه بالكامل .

مقترحات الترجمة:

في ترجمة عبارة "الله الآب" ، من الأفضل تترجم كلمة "اب" بنفس الكلمة البستخدمهااللغة طبيعيا لتشير للاب البشري.
كلمة "الآب السماوي"يمكن يترجم ب "الآب الساكن في السماء" أو "الله الاب الساكن في السماء" أو "الله أبونا الفى السماء".
عادة "الآب" يكتب بالأحرف الكبيرة لمن يشير إلى الله.

الله الاب ، الآب السماوي ، الآب

God the Father, heavenly Father, Father

حقائق

Facts:

الكلمات "الله الاب " "الاب السماوى" بتشير ليهوه الله الواحد الحقيقي. كلمة تانى بنفس المعنى هو "الاب" ،غالبًااستخدم لمن يسوع كان بشير لنفسه. The terms “God the Father” and “heavenly Father” refer to Yahweh, the one true God. Another term with the same meaning is “Father,” used most often when Jesus was referring to him.

الله موجود زي الله الاب ،الله الابن ، و الله الروح القدس. لكن كلهم اله واحد. ده سر البشر العادي ما بيقدر يفهمه بالكامل. * God exists as God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit. Each one is fully God, and yet they are only one God. This is a mystery that mere humans cannot fully understand.

الله الآب رسل الله الابن (يسوع) للعالم و هو رسل الروح القدس لشعبه. * God the Father sent God the Son (Jesus) into the world and he sends the Holy Spirit to his people.

اى شخص بؤمن بالله الابن بيبقى ابن الله الآب، والله الروح القدس بجى يسكن في الشخص داك . دا سر تانى الكائن البشري ما بقدر يفهمه بالكامل . * Anyone who believes in God the Son becomes a child of God the Father, and God the Holy Spirit comes to live in that person. This is another mystery that human beings cannot fully understand.

مقترحات الترجمة

Translation Suggestions:

في ترجمة عبارة "الله الآب" ، من الأفضل تترجم كلمة "اب" بنفس الكلمة البستخدمهااللغة طبيعيا لتشير للاب البشري. * In translating the phrase “God the Father,” it is best to translate “Father” with the same word that the language naturally uses to refer to a human father.

كلمة "الآب السماوي"يمكن يترجم ب "الآب الساكن في السماء" أو "الله الاب الساكن في السماء" أو "الله أبونا الفى السماء". * The term “heavenly Father” could be translated by “Father who lives in heaven” or “Father God who lives in heaven” or “God our Father from heaven.”

عادة "الآب" يكتب بالأحرف الكبيرة لمن يشير إلى الله. * Usually “Father” is capitalized when it, refers to God.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: ancestor, God, heaven, Holy Spirit, Jesus, Son of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

24:9 There is only one God. But John heard God the Father speak, and saw Jesus the Son and the Holy Spirit when he baptized Jesus.
29:9 Then Jesus said, “This is what my heavenly Father will do to every one of you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart.”
37:9 Then Jesus looked up to heaven and said, “Father, thank you for hearing me.”
40:7 Then Jesus cried out, “It is finished! Father, I give my spirit into your hands.”
42:10 “So go, make disciples of all people groups by baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit and by teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.”
43:8 “Jesus is now exalted to the right hand of God the Father.”
50:10 “Then the righteous ones will shine like the sun in the kingdom of God their Father.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1, H2, G3962

امين ،الامانة ،جدير الثقة

التعريف

عشان تكون "امين" لله بيعني ان تعيش باستمرار على حسب تعاليم الله .يعني ان تكون مخلص ليهو بطاعته .الحالة او الشرط ان تكون مخلص هو "الامانة"

الشخص الامين يمكن يثقوا فيه دايما للوفاء بوعوده والوفاء دايما بمسؤولياته تجاه الاخرين .
يحافظ الشخص الامين على القيام بعمل ما حتى لو يطويل و يصعب .
الامانة الله هي الممارسة المستمرة بعمل ما يريدنا الله ان نفعله .

مقترحات الترجمة

في حالات ت كتيرة "امين " يمكن يترجم زي "مخلص " او "مكرس" او موثوق بيهو
في حالات تاني يمكن ترجمة "امين "بأنو كلمة او عبارة بيعني "الاستمرار في الايمان" او "المثابرة على الايمان و طاعة الله ".
الطرق الممكن يترجم بها الامانة يمكن يشمل "المواظبة على الايمان" او "الولاء" او "الجدارة بالثقة" او "الايمان و طاعة الله "

(See also: believe, faith, believe)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:5 Even in prison, Joseph remained faithful to God, and God blessed him.
14:12 Even so, God was still faithful to His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
15:13 The people promised to remain faithful to God and follow his laws.
17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him. However, toward the end of his life he sinned terribly against God.
35:12 “The older son said to his father, ‘All these years I have worked faithfully for you!’”
49:17 But God is faithful and says that if you confess your sins, he will forgive you.
50:4 “If you remain faithful to me to the end, then God will save you.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0529, H0530, H0539, H540, H571, H898, H2181, H4603, H4604, H4820, G569, G571, G4103

انقذ ، منقذ ، السلامة ، الخلاص

التعريف

كلمة "انقذ" بوري حفظ شخص من مواجهة حاجة كعب او ضار . تكون في "سلامة" معناه تكون محمي من الضرر او الخطر

بالمعني المادي الناس ممكن يخلصوهم او ينقذوهم من الضرر ، الخطر او الموت .
بالمعني الروحي لو الشخص "خلصه"،في زمن داك ،من خلال موت يسوع في الصليب سامحه من نار جهنم بسبب خطيته
الناس ممكن يخلصوا او ينقذوا الناس من الخطر ،لكن الله فقط ممكن يخلص الناس من العقاب الابدي بسبب خطيتهم .

كلمة "الخلاص" بوري انك تكون مخلص او منقذ من الشر و الخطر .

في الكتاب المقدس "الخلاص" دايما بوري الخلاص الروحي و الابدي معطى من الله لناس الاعترفوا بخطاياهم و امنوا بيسوع .
الكتاب المقدس برضو بتكلم عن انقاذ الله او تحرير ناسه من اعدائهم الجسدين .

مقترحات الترجمة

طرق ترجمة "انقذ"يمكن يشمل "حول" او "حفظ من الضرر" او "شيلو من طريق الخطر" او "حفظ من الموت"
في العبارة"كل من ينقذ حياته" كلمة "ينقذ" يمكن برضو يترجم زي "يصون" او "يحمي" .
كلمة "ينقذ" يمكن يترجم زي "محمي من الخطر" او "في محل مافيه ضرر" .
يمكن برضو ترجمة "الخلاص" باستخدام كلمات بيتعلق "بالخلاص " او "الانقاذ" زي "خلاص الله للناس من العقاب علي خطاياهم" او "انقاذ الله لشعبه من اعدائهم" .
"الله خلاصي " يمكن يترجم زي " الله هو الخلصني"
"بتشيلوا موية من ابيار الخلاص" يمكن يترجم زي " بتكون رويان بمويه لان الله انقذك .

(See also: cross, deliver, punish, sin, Savior)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

9:8 Moses tried to save his fellow Israelite.
11:2 God provided a way to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him.
12:5 Moses told the Israelites, “Stop being afraid! God will fight for you today and save you.”
12:13 The Israelites sang many songs to celebrate their new freedom and to praise God because he saved them from the Egyptian army.
16:17 This pattern repeated many times: the Israelites would sin, God would punish them, they would repent, and God would send a deliverer to save them.
44:8 “You crucified Jesus, but God raised him to life again! You rejected him, but there is no other way to be saved except through the power of Jesus!”
47:11 The jailer trembled as he came to Paul and Silas and asked, “What must I do to be saved?” Paul answered, “Believe in Jesus, the Master, and you and your family will be saved.”
49:12 Good works cannot save you.
49:13 God will save everyone who believes in Jesus and receives him as their Master. But he will not save anyone who does not believe in him.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H983, H2421, H2502, H3444, H3467, H3468, H4190, H4422, H4931, H5338, H6308, H6403, H7682, H7951, H7965, H8104, H8199, H8668, G803, G804, G806, G1295, G1508, G4982, G4991, G4992, G5198

ايمان

التعريف

بصورة عامة كلمة "الايمان" بوري الى الايمان او الثقة في شخص او شئ .

"تكون عندك ايمان"في شخص ما هو ان تؤمن بان الحاجة القالو و العملو صح و موثوق
"تكون عندك ايمان في يسوع" معناه تؤمن بكل تعاليم الله عن يسوع .ده بعني بشكل خاص انو الناس يثقوا بيسوع و ذبيحته لينظفهم من خطاياهم و ينقذهم من العقوبة المستحقة من اجل خطاياهم
الايمان الحقيقي او الاعتقاد بيسوع بخلي الانسان ينتج ثمار الروح الجيد او السلوكيات لان الروح القدس ساكن فيه .
مرات "الايمان" عامة بوري الى كل التعاليم عن يسوع ،زي في التعبير "حقائق الايمان" .
في حالات زي "الحفاظ على الايمان" او "التخلي عن الايمان" كلمة "الايمان"بوري الى حالة الايمان بكل تعاليم يسوع .

مقترحات ترجمة

في بعض الحالات يمكن ترجمة "الايمان" زي "الاعتقاد" او "القناعة" او "الثقة" .
في بعض اللغات الكلمات ديل يترجم مستخدمين شكل الفعل "يصدق"
العبارة "احفظ الايمان" يمكن يترجم ب "استمر في الايمان بيسوع" او "الاستمرار في الايمان بيسوع".
الجملة "يجب ان يحتفظوا بالحقائق العميقة للايمان"،يمكن ترجمتها من خلال الاستمرار في الاعتقاد بكل الحاجات الحقيقية عن يسوع العلمهم.
العبارة "ولدي الحقيقي في الايمان يمكن ترجمة"بشئ زي منو زي الولد بالنسبة لي لاني علمته يؤمن بيسوع" او "ولدي الروحي الحقيقي "البؤمن بيسوع.

(See also: believe, faithful)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

5:6 When Isaac was a young man, God tested Abraham’s faith by saying, “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.”
31:7 Then he (Jesus) said to Peter, “You man of little faith, why did you doubt?”
32:16 Jesus said to her, “Your faith has healed you. Go in peace.”
38:9 Then Jesus said to Peter, “Satan wants to have all of you, but I have prayed for you, Peter, that your faith will not fail.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H529, H530, G1680, G3640, G4102, G6066

بركة, مبارك, يبارك

التعريف

عشان تبارك انسان او اي حاجة ،بيعني انو تكون سبب لأنسان او اي شئ عشان يحصل على حاجة كويسة او حاجة مفيدة

بركة زول معين برضو بيعني انو نتكلم بالنية الطيبة عن حاجات كويسة لأنسان ده
في زمن الكتاب المقدس الابو دايما بنطق البركة على عيالوا
لمن الناس يباركوا الله ، من نيتهم بقولوا خلي الله يتبارك, ده بيعني هم مسبحين الله
كلمة بركة مرات بستخدم لتطهير او تقديس الاكل قبل ما ياكلو, او يشكر و يحمد الله من اجل الأكل

خيارات ترجمة

تبارك يمكن نترجمو برضو ب "تساعد كتير" او "تكون لطيف كتير شديد او تفضله"
"الله جاب بركات عظيمة ل " يمكن يترجمو "الله ادى حاجات كتيرة سمحة ل" او "الله ساعد كتير" او ا"لله خلى حاجات كتيرة تحصل"
هو مبارك يمكن ترجمته ب هو "حيستفيد كتير" او "هو يختبر حاجات كتيرة كويسة" او "الله بخليهو ناجح"
"المبارك هو الزول اللي" يمكن نترجمو "بكيف الزول ده هو كويس لزول الأخر"
عبارة "مبارك الله" ممكن نترجمو بي "خلي الرب يتمجد" او "مجدا لرب " او "انا امجد الرب "
"في جملة بركة الاكل "ممكن نترجمو بي "شكورآ لله من اجل الاكل " او "حمد لله من اجل الاكل اداهم" او "تقديس الاكل بحمد الله"

(See also: praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

1:7 God saw that it was good and he blessed them.
1:15 God made Adam and Eve in his own image. He blessed them and told them, “Have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.”
1:16 So God rested from all he had been doing. He blessed the seventh day and made it holy, because on this day he rested from his work.
4:4 “I will make your name great. I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.”
4:7 Melchizedek blessed Abram and said, “May God Most High who owns heaven and earth bless Abram.”
7:3 Isaac wanted to give his blessing to Esau.
8:5 Even in prison, Joseph remained faithful to God, and God blessed him.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H833, H835, H1288, H1289, H1293, G1757, G2127, G2128, G2129, G3106, G3107, G3108, G6050

تاب ، توبة.

تعريف:

كلمات "تاب" و "توبة" بيوري ان تبتعد من الخطية وترجع إلى الله.

عشان "تتوب" بيعني حرفياً "تغير ذهنك ".
في الكتاب المقدس عادة"التوبة" تعني انو ترجع من الشر، التفكير والتصرف البشري وتتحول لطريقة تفكير الله وتصرفه.
لمن الناس يتوبوا بالحقيقةعن خطاياهم ، الله يغفر ليهم ويساعدهم عشان يبدوا يطيعوه.

اقتراحات الترجمة:

يمكن يترجمو كلمة "التوبة" بكلمة أو عبارة تعني "ارجع (إلى الله)" أو "ابتعد عن الخطيئة واتجه لله" أو "ارجع لله ، بعيد عن الخطيئة"
غالبًا كلمة "التوبة" ممكن يترجمو باستخدام فعل "التوبة". مثلا ، " الله ادى التوبة لاسرائيل "يمكن يترجمو زي " الله خلى اسرائيل يتوبوا".
طرق اخرى لترجمة "التوبة" يمكن تشمل"الابتعاد عن الخطيئة" أو "الرجوع لله والابتعاد عن الخطيئة"

(See also: forgive, sin, turn)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

16:2 After many years of disobeying God and being oppressed by their enemies, the Israelites repented and asked God to rescue them.
17:13 David repented of his sin and God forgave him.
19:18 They (prophets) warned people that God would destroy them if they did not repent.
24:2 Many people came out to the wilderness to listen to John. He preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!”
42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins.”
44:5 “So now, repent and turn to God so that your sins will be washed away.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5150, H5162, H5164, G278, G3338, G3340, G3341

تجرب ،تجربة

التعريف:

عشان تجرب شخص هو محاولة عشان تخلى الشخص داك يعمل خطا. * التجربة دي حاجة البتخلي الشخص يكون داير يعمل حاجة خطأ. * الناس بتجربوا بواسطة طبيعتهم الخاطئة و بواسطة الناس التانين. * الشيطان كمان بجرب الناس عشان ما يطيعوا الله ويخطئوا ضد الله بارتكاب حاجات خاطئة. * الشيطان جرب يسوع وحاول يخليهو يعمل حاجة خطأ ، لكن يسوع قاوم كل تجارب الشيطان وما عمل خطأ أبدا. * الشخص "البجرب الله" ما بحاول يخليهو يعمل خطأ، لكن يستمر في العناد و عدم الطاعة لدرجة أنو الله يرد بمعاقبته. و ده البسموه كمان "اختبار الله".

مقترحات ترجمة:

كلمة "يجرب" ممكن يترجمو زي "يحاول يخطأ" أو "يجذب" أو "يثير الرغبة للخطية".
طرق ترجمة "التجارب"ممكن تشمل ، "الحاجات البتجرب" أو "الحاجات البثير شخص معين للخطية" أو "الحاجات البثير الرغبة في عمل حاجة خطأ".
"تجرب الله" ممكن يترجمو زي "تخت الله في اختبار" أو "تختبر الله" أو "تختبر صبر الله" أو "تخلي الله يعاقب" أو "تستمر ما تطيع الله بعناد".

(See also: disobey, Satan, sin, test)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

25:1 Then Satan came to Jesus and tempted him to sin.
25:8 Jesus did not give in to Satan’s temptations, so Satan left him.
38:11 Jesus told his disciples to pray that they would not enter into temptation.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H974, H4531, H5254, G551, G1598, G3985, G3986, G3987

تلميذ

التعريف:

الكلمة "تلميذ" يشير للشخص البقعد زمن كفاية مع معلم ويتعلم من شخصية المعلم ده و تعليمه. * الناس البتبعوا يسوع من حوله، يستمعوا لتعليمه ، و يطيعوا ، بنادوهم "تلاميذه". * يوحنا المعمدان كمان عندو تلاميذ. * خلال خدمة يسوع ، كان في كتار من التلاميذ التبعوه وسمعوا تعاليمه. * يسوع اختار اثنا عشر تلميذ عشان يكونوا أقرب أتباعو ؛ الرجال ديل بقوا معروفين باسم "رسله". * رسل يسوع الاثنا عشر استمروا يُعرفوهم "كتلاميذه" أو ال "12. * قبل ما يسوع يمشي السماء ، أمر تلاميذه عشان يعلموا ناس تانين كيف يكونوا تلاميذ ليسوع كمان. * اي واحد بؤمن بيسوع وبطيع تعاليمه بسمو تلميذ يسوع.

ترجمة مقترحات:

الكلمة "تلميذ"ممكن يترجمو بكلمة أو عبارة بتعني "تابع" أو "طالب" أو "تلميذ" أو "البتعلم".
اتأكد انو ترجمة الكلمة دي ما بتشير بس للطالب البتعلم في الفصل.
ترجمةالكلمة دي كمان تكون مختلفة عن ترجمة "الرسول".

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

30:8 He (Jesus) gave the pieces to his disciples to give to the people. The disciples kept passing out the food, and it never ran out!
38:1 About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there.
38:11 Then Jesus went with his disciples to a place called Gethsemane. Jesus told his disciples to pray that they would not enter into temptation.
42:10 Jesus said to his disciples, “All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. So go, make disciples of all people groups by baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, and by teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3928, G3100, G3101, G3102

جيد, صح, حسن, افضل

تعريف

كلمة "جيد" عمومآ تشيرالي تقييم ايجابي لحاجة كويس او انسان كويس, من ناحية الأخلاق و العواطف الجيد, و علي اي حال الكلمة بيحمل معاني مختلفة داخل الكتاب المقدس معتمد علي حال الجملة جيدة.

كلمة "سمحة" يمكن يكون عاطفيآ ,مفرح, ممتاز, مساعد, مناسب, مفيد, مرشد بحق
في كتاب المقدس, المفهوم العام لمعنى "سمحة" عكس "الشر" او الحاجات الكعبة

مقترح الترجمة

بمفهوم العامة "للخير" في اللغة المستهدف يمكن يستخدم في اي مكان ان كان المعنى, دقيق و طبيعي, خاصة في حالة يكون فيه عكس لشر.
يعتمد علي حالة, و يترجم الكلمة بطريق يمكن يضمن "لطيف" او "ممتاز" او "مقبول عند الله" او "صالح" او "أخلاقي" او "مفيد".
"الأرض الكويس" يمكن يترجم بالأرض "الخصبة" او "الأرض المنتج" او "الأرض السمح" و يمكن يترجم المحصول "بكتير" او "كمية كبير من المحصول"
عبارة "اعمل كويس له" بيعني تعمل حاجة كويس البستفيدوا منوا و يمكن يترجم "كون كريم" او "مساعد" او " كون مفيد" لأنسان غيرك.
تعمل كويس في السبت" بيعني تعمل" حاجة البساعد الناس في يوم السبت".
يعتمد المعنى علي سياق, طرق ترجمة الكلمة "صلاح" يشمل "بركة" او "محبوب" او "لطيف" او " اخلاق التمام" او "استقامة" او " الطهارة"

(See also: righteous, prosper, evil)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

1:4 God saw that what he had created was good.
1:11 God planted the tree of the knowledge of good and evil.
1:12 Then God said, “It is not good for man to be alone.”
2:4 “God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.”
8:12 “You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, but God used the evil for good!”
14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
18:13 Some of these kings were good men who ruled justly and worshiped God.
28:1 “Good teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good?’ There is only one who is good, and that is God.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H117, H145, H155, H202, H239, H410, H1580, H1926, H1935, H2532, H2617, H2623, H2869, H2895, H2896, H2898, H3190, H3191, H3276, H3474, H3788, H3966, H4261, H4399, H5232, H5750, H6287, H6643, H6743, H7075, H7368, H7399, H7443, H7999, H8231, H8232, H8233, H8389, H8458, G14, G15, G18, G19, G515, G744, G865, G979, G1380, G2095, G2097, G2106, G2107, G2108, G2109, G2114, G2115, G2133, G2140, G2162, G2163, G2174, G2293, G2565, G2567, G2570, G2573, G2887, G2986, G3140, G3617, G3776, G4147, G4632, G4674, G4851, G5223, G5224, G5358, G5542, G5543, G5544

حب، محبوب

التعريف:

عشان تحب شخص آخر هو ان تهتم بيهو وتعمل الحاجات البستفيد منو . في معاني مختلفة لكلمة "حب" بعض اللغات ممكن يعبرو عنو باستخدام كلمات مختلفة .

نوع الحب البيجى من الله بركز على الحاجات الكويسة للاخرين حتى لو ما بستفيد منوالشخص نفسه . نوع الحب دا بيهتم بالآخرين بغض النظر عن البعملوا . الله نفسه هوالمحبةوهو مصدر الحب الحقيقي.
يسوع وضح نوع الحب دا من خلال التضحية بحياته عشان ينقذنا من الخطية والموت . هو برضو علم أتباعو أنو يحبوا الآخرين بالتضحية .
لمن الناس يحبواالآخرين بنوع الحب دا ،بيتصرفو بطرق البتورى أنو هم بفكرو في تقدم الآخرين. خاصة نوع الحب دا بشمل مسامحة الآخرين
في الترجمة الحرفية كلمة "حب" تشير لنوع ده من الحب الفدائي ، و الا مذكرةالترجمة البتوري المعانى المختلفة.
كلمة تانية في العهد الجديد تشير للمحبة الأخوية ، أو محبة الصديق أو واحد من افرادالأسرة.
تشيرالكلمة دي للحب البشري الطبيعي بين الأصحاب أو الأقارب.
الكلمة دي يمكن كمان يستخدمو في بعض الحالات زي ، "هم بحبوا يجلسو في أهم المقاعد في المناسبات." ده بيعني أنو هم "بحبو شديد " أو "برغبو شديد" عشان يعملو ده .
كلمة "حب" ممكن برضو يوري الحب الرومانسي بين الراجل والمرأة.

اقتراحات الترجمة:

الا لو ما ذكر غير دا في مذكرة الترجمة ، كلمة "حب" في الترجمة الحرفية بتشير لنوع من الحب الفدائي الجاي من الله .
بعض اللغات بتكون عندها كلمة خاصة من النوع ده للحب الفدائي الغير اناني البتمتع بيهو الله .تتضمن طرق الترجمة ده رعاية مخلصة او رعاية غير انانية او محبة من الله .تأكد انو الكلمة المستخدمة في ترجمة محبة الله ممكن تشمل التخلي عن الاهتمامات الخاصة للشخص عشان يفيد الاخرين ومحبتهم بغض النظر عن البعملوا.
مرات الكلمة الإنجليزية "الحب" بيوصف اهتمام الناس الشديد للأصدقاء وأفراد الأسرة. بعض اللغات ممكن تترجم ده بكلمة او عبارة البتعني "يريد شديد" أو "يهتم بـ" أو "عندو تأثير شديد ب"
في الحالات البستخدمو فيهو كلمة "حب" عشان يورى تفضيل قوي لحاجة ، ده ممكن يترجمو بي "يفضل بشدة" أو "يريد شديد" أو "رغبة عظيمة".
بعض اللغات ممكن تكون عندها كلمة منفصلة بتشير للحب الرومانسي أو الجنسي بين الزوج والزوجة.
لغات كتيرة بتعبر عن "الحب" زي العمل. مثلا ، ممكن يترجمو "الحب هو الصبر ، الحب هو اللطف" زي "لمن الشخص يحب شخص تاني ،هو بكون صبور و لطيف معاه .

(See also: covenant, death, sacrifice, save, sin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

27:2 The law expert replied that God’s law says, “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love your neighbor as yourself.”
33:8 “The thorny ground is a person who hears God’s word, but, as time passes, the cares, riches, and pleasures of life choke out his love for God.”
36:5 As Peter was talking, a bright cloud came down on top of them and a voice from the cloud said, “This is my Son whom I love.”
39:10 “Everyone who loves the truth listens to me.”
47:1 She (Lydia) loved and worshiped God.
48:1 When God created the world, everything was perfect. There was no sin. Adam and Eve loved each other, and they loved God.
49:3 He (Jesus) taught that you need to love other people the same way you love yourself.
49:4 He (Jesus) also taught that you need to love God more than you love anything else, including your wealth.
49:7 Jesus taught that God loves sinners very much.
49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.
49:13 God loves you and wants you to believe in Jesus so he can have a close relationship with you.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H157, H158, H159, H160, H2245, H2617, H2836, H3039, H4261, H5689, H5690, H5691, H7355, H7356, H7453, H7474, G25, G26, G5360, G5361, G5362, G5363, G5365, G5367, G5368, G5369, G5377, G5381, G5382, G5383, G5388

حقيقي, الحق

التعريف

كلمة "الحق" بوري الحقائق, الاحداث, و البيانات البوافق الواقع, الحقائق الحقيقية بوري انو الكون حقيقة موجود, الاحدث الحقيقية هي الاحداث الحصل بالفعل, البيانات الحقيقية هي البيانات الما كازبة حسب العالم الحقيقي

الحقيقة " حاجات واقعية ،اصيلة،فعلية ،صحيحة ،شرعية ،فعلية
حقيقة " بيعني مفاهيم, المعتقدات, حقائق, او البيانات الصحيحة
لمن تقول بان النبوة"تحققت" أو "ستتحقق" يعني بالفعل حصل زي ما متوقع او بيحصل بهذه الطريقة
في الكتاب المقدس مفهوم "الحق" بيشمل مفهوم العمل بطريقة (موثوقة اوامينة)
اظهر يسوع حقيقة الله بالكلمات القالها
الكتاب المقدس هو حقيقة. بعلم الحقائق عن الله و عن كل حاجات العملو.

اقتراحات الترجمة

علس حسب الحال الحاجة الموصوفة بكلمة "حقيقة" يمكن برضو تترجم حقيقة او واقعي او صحيح او حق او مؤكد او اصيل ,
طرق ترجمة كلمة "حقيقة" يمكن يشمل " ما هو حقيقي" او "حق" او "قناعة" او "مبدأ".
التعبير "اصبح حقيقة" يمكن برضو ترجمته زي "حصل بالفعل" أو "اتحقق" أو "حصل زي ما كان متوقع"
تعبير"قول الحقيقة" أو "تكلم الحقيقة" يمكن برضو يترجم زي "قل الحقيقة" أو "اتكلم الحاجة الحصل بالحقيقة" أو "قل الحاجات الموثوقة"
عشان "تقبل الحق" يمكن ترجم زي "اؤمن بما هو حقيقي عن الله"
في التعبير زي "عبادة الله بالروح والحق"، عبارة "في الحق" برضو يمكن تترجم "بامانة طاعة الله بما علمنا الله به "

(See also: believe, faithful, fulfill, obey, prophet, understand)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

2:4 The snake responded to the woman, “That is not true! You will not die.”
14:6 Immediately Caleb and Joshua, the other two spies, said, “It is true that the people of Canaan are tall and strong, but we can certainly defeat them!”
16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
31:8 They worshiped Jesus, saying to him, “Truly, you are the Son of God.”
39:10 “I have come to earth to tell the truth about God. Everyone who loves the truth listens to me.” Pilate said, “What is truth?”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H199, H389, H403, H529, H530, H543, H544, H551, H571, H935, H3321, H3330, H6237, H6656, H6965, H7187, H7189, G225, G226, G227, G228, G230, G1103, G3303, G3483, G3689, G4103, G4137

حكيم ،حكمة

التعريف

كلمة حكيم بوري الانسان البفهم شنو الحقيقة و الحاجات الاخلاقية المفروض يتعمل وبعداك بعملها ."الحكمة" هو فهم و ممارسة الحقائق و الحاجات الاخلاقية الصحيحة

تكون حكيم، بشمل المقدرة على اتخاذ القرارات الجيدة و خاصة اختيار العمل البفرح الله .
الناس بكونوا حكماء باستماعهم لله و طاعتهم المتواضع لارادته.
الانسان الحكيم بوري ثمار الروح القدس من خلال حياته،زي فرح ،لطف ،محبة ،و الصبر

خيارات ترجمة

علي حسب الكلام ده ،الطرق الاخرى لترجمة "حكيم" يمكن يشمل "مطيع لله "او "حساس و مطيع" او "بخاف الله ".
الحكمة يمكن يترجم بكلمة او تعبير البعني "عيشة حكيم " او "العيش بالاحساس و العيش بالطاعة" او "الحكم الجيد"
من الافضل انو نترجم كلمة حكيم و حكمة بالطريقة البوري اختلافهم في الكلمة من الكلمات المفتاحبة زي الصالح او الطاعة

(See also: obey, fruit)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

2:5 She also wanted to be wise, so she picked some of the fruit and ate it.
18:1 When Solomon asked for wisdom, God was pleased and made him the wisest man in the world.
23:9 Some time later, wise men from countries far to the east saw an unusual star in the sky.
45:1 He (Stephen) had a good reputation and was full of the Holy Spirit and of wisdom.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H998, H1350, H2445, H2449, H2450, H2451, H2452, H2454, H2942, H3820, H3823, H6195, H6493, H6912, H7535, H7919, H7922, H8454, G4678, G4679, G4680, G4920, G5428, G5429, G5430

حمل, حمل الله

تعريف

كلمة "الحمل" بوري لخروف صغير. الخروف حيوان ليه اربع ارجل، صوفو كتير، يستخدم لذبائح لله. يسوع اسمه "حمل الله" لانو هو كان ذبح ليدفع تمن خطايا الناس.

الحيوانات ديل بودرو بسهولة وبحتاجوا إلى حماية. الله شبه البشر بالخرفان.
الله وجهه ناسو ان يذبحوا الخرفان و الحملان الكامل جسديآ ليه.
يسوع اسمه "حمل الله" الكان مذبوح ليدفع تمن خطاياالناس. هو كان ذبيحة كاملة بلا عيب عشان هو كان كامل بدون خطيئة

مقترحات

لو الخروف بقى معروف بلغة المنطقة، فيجب استخدام اسم صغاره لترجمة المصطلحين "حمل" و "حمل الله"
"حمل الله" يمكن ترجمته زي "حمل ذبيحة الله" او "حمل مذبوح لله" او " (ذبيحة) حمل من الله"
لو الخرفان ما معروف, الكلمة ده يمكن يترجم زي "خروف صغير" مع ملاحظة الطعام البوري شكل الخروف. يمكن الملاحظة برضو قارن الخروف و الحملان الي حيوان البعيش في المرعى من المنطقة ده, هو خجلان و لا يدافع عن نفسه, و عادة مودر من الدرب .
برضو اعتبر كيف الكلمة ده مترجم في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس للغة المحلي القريب او اللغة القومي.

(See: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: sheep, shepherd)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

5:7 As Abraham and Isaac walked to the place of the sacrifice Isaac asked, “Father, we have wood for the sacrifice, but where is the lamb?”
11:2 God provided a way to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him. Each family had to choose a perfect lamb or goat and kill it.
24:6 The next day, Jesus came to be baptized by John. When John saw him, he said, “Look! There is the Lamb of God who will take away the sin of the world.”
45:8 He read, “They led him like a lamb to be killed, and as a lamb is silent, he did not say a word.”
48:8 When God told Abraham to offer his son, Isaac, as a sacrifice, God provided a lamb for the sacrifice instead of his son, Isaac. We all deserve to die for our sins! But God provided Jesus, the Lamb of God, as a sacrifice to die in our place.
48:9 When God sent the last plague on Egypt, he told each Israelite family to kill a perfect lamb and spread its blood around the tops and sides of their door frames.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7716, G721, G2316

خطية ،مخطئ ،خاطئ ،يخطئ

التعريف

كلمة الخطية بوري اعمال ،افكار و كلمات الما برضي ارادة الله و قوانينه ،الخطية برضو بوري ، لمن نحن نرفض نعمل حاجات الله دايرنا نعملوا

الخطية بشمل اي حاجة نحن بنعملوا يخالف او برضي الله ،حتى بعض حاجات الناس التانين ما بيعرفو
الافكار و الاعمال البخالف ارادة الله بسموها "الشرير "
لان ادم اخطأ ، كل الناس بقوا مولودين بالطبيعة الخاطئة ،الطبيعة البقى مسيطر فيهم والبخليهم يخطوا
الخاطئ ، ده الانسان البخطئ ، عشان كدا كل البشر خطاة
مرات كلمة الخطاة مستخدم بواسطة ناس الين زي الفريسيين ،وبقصدوا بيهو الناس الما بيحفظوا الشريعة زي ما الفريسيين بفتكروا
كلمة خاطئ كان بستخدم برضو لناس البعتبروهم اشرار اكتر من الناس الاخرين ،مثلا :الناس البلموا الضرائب و البميزوا بيهوا العشارين والزناة.

خيارات الترجمة

كلمة "الخطية" يمكن يترجم بكلمة او عبارة البوري "مخالفة الله " او "ماشي ضد ارادة الله " او "الافكار واالتصرفات الشريرة" او "العمل الخاطئ "
تخطأ يمكن برضو يترجم ب "مخالفة الله " او "تعمل خطاء"
على حسب الكلام ده "المخطئ "يمكن يترجم ب "الانسان المليان بالخطية " او "الشرير " او "لا اخلاقي "او "شرير " او "المتمرد ضد الله "
على حسب الكلام ده ، كلمة الخاطئ يمكن يترجم بكلمة او عبارة البوري الانسان "المخطئ " او "الانسان البعمل حاجات كعبة " او "الانسان البخالف كلام الله " او "الانسان البخالف الشريعة "
كلمة "الخطاة" يمكن يترجم بكلمة او عبارة البوري "الناس الخطا شديد" او "الناس البعتبروهم خطاة اكتر " او "الناس الاخلاقهم ما كويس "
طرق ترجمة الناس البجمعوا الضرائب والخطاء يمكن يشمل "الناس البلموا الضرائب" و بعض "الناس البخطئوا كتير دايما" او "الناس البخطئوا كتير "حتى "الناس البلموا الضرائب "
تا كد انو ترجمة الكلمة ده بيشمل الافكار والسلوك الخاطئة حتى الما بشوفوها الناس التانيين ولا بعرفوا عنها .
كلمة خطية لاذم يكون عام و مختلف من كلمات الشر وشرير

(See also: disobey, evil, flesh, tax collector)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

3:15 God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.”
13:12 God was very angry with them because of their sin and planned to destroy them.
20:1 The kingdoms of Israel and Judah both sinned against God. They broke the covenant that God made with them at Sinai.
21:13 The prophets also said that the Messiah would be perfect, having no sin. He would die to receive the punishment for other people’s sin.
35:1 One day, Jesus was teaching many tax collectors and other sinners who had gathered to hear him.
38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins.”
43:11 Peter answered them, “Every one of you should repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ so that God will forgive your sins.”
48:8 We all deserve to die for our sins!
49:17 Even though you are a Christian, you will still be tempted to sin. But God is faithful and says that if you confess your sins, he will forgive you. He will give you strength to fight against sin.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H817, H819, H2398, H2399, H2400, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2408, H2409, H5771, H6588, H7683, H7686, G264, G265, G266, G268, G361, G3781, G3900, G4258

دم

تعريف

كلمة "دم" بشير لسائل احمر البطلع من جلد الشخص لمن يكون في اصابة او جرح. الغذاءبجيب الدم البدي الحياة لجسم الشخص كله. في الكتاب المقدس, كلمة "دم" غالبآ يستخدم علي نحو تصويري ليعنى "حياة" او مفاهيم تانية مختلفة .

لمن الناس يعملوا ذبائح لله, بقتلوا حيوان و برشوا دمه علي المذبح. ده برمز لتضحية حيوان ليدفع خطية الناس .
التعبير " جسد و دم" بشير للبشر.
التعبير "جسمو و دمو" بوري الناس المرتبطين بألدم.

مقترحات الترجمة

الكلمة ده تترجم بالكلمة البستخدموا لدم في اللغة المستهدف.
التعبير "جسد و دم" يمكن يترجم زي "ناس" او "بشر".
علي حسب الحالة, التعبير "جسمي و دمي" يمكن ترجمته زي "اسرتي" او "اهلي" او "ناسي".
لو كان في عبارة في اللغة المستهدف بستخدمو للمعنى ده, التعبير ده يمكن يستخدم لترجمة "جسد و دم"

(See also: bloodshed; flesh; life)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:3 Before Joseph’s brothers returned home, they tore Joseph’s robe and dipped it in goat’s blood.
10:3 God turned the Nile River into blood, but Pharaoh still would not let the Israelites go.
11:5 All the houses of the Israelites had blood around the doors, so God passed over those houses and everyone inside was safe. They were saved because of the lamb’s blood.
13:9 The blood of the animal that was sacrificed covered the person’s sin and made that person clean in God’s sight.
38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins.”
48:10 When anyone believes in Jesus, the blood of Jesus takes away that person’s sin, and God’s punishment passes over him.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1818, H5332, G129, G130, G131

ذنب, مذنب

تعريف:

كلمة "ذنب" بشير لحقيقة عمل خطية او عمل جريمة.

عشان "تكون مذنب" بيعني انو تعمل حاجة خطا اخلاقيآ، الهو مخالفة الله.
عكس كلمة "مذنب" هو "برئ".

مقترحات الترجمة:

بعض اللغات ممكن تترجم "الذنب" زي "الخطية التقيل" او "محاسبة الخطايا"
"طرق ترجمة " يكون مذنب" ممكن تشمل كلمة او عبارة البيعني, ان "تكون على خطا" او "عمل حاجة خطا أخلاقيا"أو" عمل جريمة".

(See also: innocent, iniquity, punish, sin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

39:2 They brought many witnesses who lied about him (Jesus). However, their statements did not agree with each other, so the Jewish leaders could not prove he was guilty of anything.
39:11 After speaking with Jesus, Pilate went out to the crowd and said, “I find no guilt in this man.” But the Jewish leaders and the crowd shouted, “Crucify him!” Pilate replied, “He is not guilty.” But they shouted even louder. Then Pilate said a third time, “He is not guilty!”
40:4 Jesus was crucified between two robbers. One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Don’t you fear God? We are guilty, but this man is innocent.”
49:10 Because of your sin, you are guilty and deserve to die.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0816, H0817, H0818, H5352, H5355, H7563, G0338, G1777, G3784, G5267

رب ،الرب ، سيد، سيدي

<<<<<<< HEAD

تعريف:

فى الكتاب المقدس كلمة "رب" تشير بشكل عام للشخص العندو ملكية او سلطة على الناس التانين. و مع ده تستخدم الكلمة فى الكتاب المقدس عشان يخاطبوا بيها انواع مختلفة من الناس ، كمان الله. * الكلمة ده أحيانا بترجمو زي "سيد" لمن يخاطب يسوع أو لمن يشير للشخص العندو عبيد. * بعض النسخ الإنجليزية تترجم ده زي "سيدي" في الحالات لمن يكون الشخص مخاطب شخص معين بأدب في مكانة عالية.

لمن يبدا "الرب" بحرف كبير في اللغة الانجليزية، ده عنوان يشير لله. مع ده، لاحظ ما انو لمن يتم استخدامه كشكل من مخاطبة شخص معين او يحصل في بداية الجملة ،ممكن يتم كتابته بحروف كبيرة ويكون عندو معنى "سيدي" أو "سيد" * في العهد القديم، الكلمة دي مستخدمة كمان في عبارات زي "الرب الاله القدير" أو "يهوه الرب" أو "ربنا يهوه" * في العهد الجديد، الرسل استخدموا الكلمة دي في عبارات زي "الرب يسوع" و "الرب يسوع المسيح" ، البوري أنو يسوع هو الله. * كلمة "الرب" يُستخدم في العهد الجديد براه زي مرجع مباشر لله ، خاصة في الاقتباسات من العهد القديم. مثلا ، نص العهد القديم يقول "طوبى لمن يأتي باسم يهوه" ونص العهد الجديد "طوبى لمن يأتي باسم الرب". * في ULT و UST ، عنوان "الرب" بيستخدموه فقط لترجمة اصل الكلمات العبرية واليونانية البتعني فعلا "الرب". ما بيستخدم ابدا في الترجمة لاسم الله (يهوه)، زي ما هو تم في الترجمات الكتيرة. * بعض اللغات تترجم "رب" إلى "سيد" أو "حاكم" أو اي كلمة تانية ينقل الملكية أو الحكم الاعلى. * في الحالات المناسبة، تستخدم كتير من الترجمات الحرف الأول من الكلمة دي بالحرف الكبير عشان يوضح للقارئ أنو ده عنوان بشير لله. * بالنسبة للأماكن في العهد الجديد البكون فيه اقتباس من العهد القديم ، كلمة "رب الإله" ممكن يستخدموعشان يوضح أنو دا إشارة لله.

اقتراحات الترجمة:

الكلمة ده ممكن يترجمو بما يعادل ل "سيد" لمن يشير للشخص العندو عبيد. ممكن كمان يستخدمو الخادم عشان يخاطب الشخص البشتغل عندو.
لمن يشير ليسوع، لو أظهر الحالة أنو المتكلم بشوفوا زي معلم ديني، فممكن يترجمو بعنوان محترم لمعلم ديني، زي "سيد".
لو الشخص البخاطب يسوع ما بيعرفو ، فيمكن ترجمة "رب" بشكل عنوان محترم زي "سيدي". يمكن استخدام الترجمة ده كمان في حالات الفيهو شخص محترم يخاطب شخص بشكل مأدب.
لمن يشير لله الآب أو يسوع، يعتبر الكلمة ده عنوان مكتوب ك "رب" (بأحرف كبيرة) بالانجليزية.

lord, Lord, master, sir

تعريف:

Definition:

فى الكتاب المقدس كلمة "رب" تشير بشكل عام للشخص العندو ملكية او سلطة على الناس التانين. و مع ده تستخدم الكلمة فى الكتاب المقدس عشان يخاطبوا بيها انواع مختلفة من الناس ، كمان الله. In the Bible, the term “lord” generally refers to someone who has ownership or authority over other people. In the Bible, however, the term is used to address many different kinds of people, including God.

الكلمة ده أحيانا بترجمو زي "سيد" لمن يخاطب يسوع أو لمن يشير للشخص العندو عبيد. * This word is sometimes translated as “master” when addressing Jesus or when referring to someone who owns slaves.

بعض النسخ الإنجليزية تترجم ده زي "سيدي" في الحالات لمن يكون الشخص مخاطب شخص معين بأدب في مكانة عالية. * Some English versions translate this as “sir” in contexts where someone is politely addressing someone of higher status.

لمن يبدا "الرب" بحرف كبير في اللغة الانجليزية، ده عنوان يشير لله. مع ده، لاحظ ما انو لمن يتم استخدامه كشكل من مخاطبة شخص معين او يحصل في بداية الجملة ،ممكن يتم كتابته بحروف كبيرة ويكون عندو معنى "سيدي" أو "سيد" When “Lord” is capitalized, it is a title that refers to God. (Note, however, that when it is used as a form of addressing someone or it occurs at the beginning of a sentence it may be capitalized and have the meaning of “sir” or “master.”)

في العهد القديم، الكلمة دي مستخدمة كمان في عبارات زي "الرب الاله القدير" أو "يهوه الرب" أو "ربنا يهوه" * In the Old Testament, this term is also used in expressions such as “Lord God Almighty” or “Lord Yahweh” or “Yahweh our Lord.”

في العهد الجديد، الرسل استخدموا الكلمة دي في عبارات زي "الرب يسوع" و "الرب يسوع المسيح" ، البوري أنو يسوع هو الله. * In the New Testament, the apostles used this term in expressions such as “Lord Jesus” and “Lord Jesus Christ,” which communicate that Jesus is God.

كلمة "الرب" يُستخدم في العهد الجديد براه زي مرجع مباشر لله ، خاصة في الاقتباسات من العهد القديم. مثلا ، نص العهد القديم يقول "طوبى لمن يأتي باسم يهوه" ونص العهد الجديد "طوبى لمن يأتي باسم الرب". * The term “Lord” in the New Testament is also used alone as a direct reference to God, especially in quotations from the Old Testament. For example, the Old Testament text has “Blessed is he who comes in the name of Yahweh” and the New Testament text has “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.”

في ULT و UST ، عنوان "الرب" بيستخدموه فقط لترجمة اصل الكلمات العبرية واليونانية البتعني فعلا "الرب". ما بيستخدم ابدا في الترجمة لاسم الله (يهوه)، زي ما هو تم في الترجمات الكتيرة. * In the ULT and UST, the title “Lord” is only used to translate the actual Hebrew and Greek words that mean “Lord.” It is never used as a translation of God’s name (Yahweh), as is done in many translations.

بعض اللغات تترجم "رب" إلى "سيد" أو "حاكم" أو اي كلمة تانية ينقل الملكية أو الحكم الاعلى. * Some languages translate “Lord” as “Master” or “Ruler” or some other term that communicates ownership or supreme rule.

في الحالات المناسبة، تستخدم كتير من الترجمات الحرف الأول من الكلمة دي بالحرف الكبير عشان يوضح للقارئ أنو ده عنوان بشير لله. * In the appropriate contexts, many translations capitalize the first letter of this term to make it clear to the reader that this is a title referring to God.

بالنسبة للأماكن في العهد الجديد البكون فيه اقتباس من العهد القديم ، كلمة "رب الإله" ممكن يستخدموعشان يوضح أنو دا إشارة لله. * For places in the New Testament where there is a quote from the Old Testament, the term “Lord God” could be used to make it clear that this is a reference to God.

اقتراحات الترجمة:

Translation Suggestions:

الكلمة ده ممكن يترجمو بما يعادل ل "سيد" لمن يشير للشخص العندو عبيد. ممكن كمان يستخدمو الخادم عشان يخاطب الشخص البشتغل عندو. * This term can be translated with the equivalent of “master” when it refers to a person who owns slaves. It can also be used by a servant to address the person he works for.

لمن يشير ليسوع، لو أظهر الحالة أنو المتكلم بشوفوا زي معلم ديني، فممكن يترجمو بعنوان محترم لمعلم ديني، زي "سيد". * When it refers to Jesus, if the context shows that the speaker sees him as a religious teacher, it can be translated with a respectful address for a religious teacher, such as “master.”

لو الشخص البخاطب يسوع ما بيعرفو ، فيمكن ترجمة "رب" بشكل عنوان محترم زي "سيدي". يمكن استخدام الترجمة ده كمان في حالات الفيهو شخص محترم يخاطب شخص بشكل مأدب. * If the person addressing Jesus does not know him, “lord” could be translated with a respectful form of address such as “sir.” This translation would also be used for other contexts in which a polite form of address to a man is called for.

لمن يشير لله الآب أو يسوع، يعتبر الكلمة ده عنوان مكتوب ك "رب" (بأحرف كبيرة) بالانجليزية. * When referring to God the Father or to Jesus, this term is considered a title, written as “Lord” (capitalized) in English.

(See also: God, Jesus, ruler, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

25:5 But Jesus replied to Satan by quoting from the Scriptures. He said, “In God’s word, he commands his people, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’”
25:7 Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.’”
26:3 This is the year of the Lord’s favor.
27:2 The law expert replied that God’s law says, “Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind.”
31:5 Then Peter said to Jesus, “Master, if it is you, command me to come to you on the water”
43:9 “But know for certain that God has caused Jesus to become both Lord and Messiah!”
47:3 By means of this demon she predicted the future for people, she made a lot of money for her masters as a fortuneteller.
47:11 Paul answered, “Believe in Jesus, the Master, and you and your family will be saved.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0113, H0136, H1167, H1376, H4756, H7980, H8323, G0203, G0634, G0962, G1203, G2962

رجس ، مكروه

التعريف:

الكلمة "رجس" بستخدموه عشان يشير لحاجة البسبب الاشمئزاز أو الكراهية الشديد. * المصريين ختو في بالهم عن الشعب العبراني هم "رجس". دا بيعني أن المصريين كرهوا العبرانيين وهم ما دايرين عشان ينضموا أو يقربو منهم. * بعض الحاجات البسميها الكتاب المقدس "البكرهو يهوه" يشمل الكذب ، والكبرياء ، وذبيحة بالبشر، وعبادة الأوثان ، والقتل ، والخطايا الجنسية زي الزنا والمثلية الجنسية. * يسوع أشار لنبوة النبي دانيال عن "رجس الخراب" في تعليم تلاميذه عن نهاية الزمان، المنو حيكون تمردا على الله، مما ينجس مكان عبادتو.

اقتراحات الترجمة:

الكلمة "رجس" ممكن كمان يترجمو بواسطة "حاجة الله بيكره" أو "حاجة كريهة" أو "ممارسة كريهة" أو "عمل شرير شديد".
اعتمادًا على حسب الحالة، طرق لترجمة عبارة "مكروه لى" ممكن يشمل "مكروه شديد ب" أو "هو مكروه لي" أو "ما مقبول تماما ل" أو "يسبب كره عميق".
عبارة "رجس الخراب" ممكن يترجمو زي "كائن منجس يسبب في انو يصيب الناس بضرر كبير" أو "حاجة مكروه يسبب حزن عظيم".

(See also: adultery, desecrate, desolate, false god, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0887, H6292, H8251, H8262, H8263, H8441, G946

رحمة، رحيم

التعريف:

تشير الكلمات "رحمة" و "رحيم" لمساعدة الناس المحتاجين ، و خاصة لمن يكونوا متواضعيين او في حالة التواضع .

كلمة"رحمة" ممكن برضو تشمل عدم معاقبة الناس على حاجة خطأ عملوا.
الشخص القوي زى الملك بوصفوه "كرحيم" لمن يعامل الناس بحنية بدل ما ياذيهم.
تكون رحيم يعني كمان تسامح شخص العمل لينا خطأ .
نظهر الرحمة لمن نساعد الناس المحتاجين شديد .
الله رحيم لينا ودايرنا نرحم الاخرين.

اقتراحات الترجمة:

على حسب الحال "رحمة" ممكن يترجمو زي "الحنان" أو "الشفقة" أو "الرأفة".
كلمة "رحيم" ممكن يترجمو زي "إظهار الرافة" أو "الحنان" أو "المسامحة"
"تظهر الرحمة ل" أو "ارحم على" ممكن يترجمو زي "يعامل بحنان" أو "يتعاطف معاهو".

(See also: compassion, forgive)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

19:16 They (the prophets) all told the people to stop worshiping idols and to start showing justice and mercy to others.
19:17 He (Jeremiah) sank down into the mud that was in the bottom of the well, but then the king had mercy on him and ordered his servants to pull Jeremiah out of the well before he died.
20:12 The Persian Empire was strong but merciful to the people it conquered.
27:11 Then Jesus asked the law expert, “What do you think? Which one of the three men was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten?” He replied, “The one who was merciful to him.”
32:11 But Jesus said to him, “No, I want you to go home and tell your friends and family about everything that God has done for you and how he has had mercy on you.”
34:9 “But the tax collector stood far away from the religious ruler, did not even look up to heaven. Instead, he pounded on his chest and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2551, H2603, H2604, H2616, H2617, H2623, H3722, H3727, H4627, H4819, H5503, H5504, H5505, H5506, H6014, H7349, H7355, H7356, H7359, G1653, G1655, G1656, G2433, G2436, G3628, G3629, G3741, G4698

روح, روح الله, روح الرب, روح القدس

الحقائق

الكلمات ديل كل بوري الروح القدس ، الهو الله. الحقيقي الوحيد , القاعد إلى الأبد, زي الآب والابن والروح القدس.

الروح القدس برضو بوري "الروح" و "روح يهوه" و "روح الحق"
لعشان الروح القدس هو الله ، وهو مقدس تمامًا ونضيف بلا حدود, وكامل أخلاقيًا في الطبيعة حقو وفي الشغل البيعملو
الروح سوى مع الأب و الأبن كان نشيط في حلق العالم
لمن ابن الله يسوع رجا، إلى السماء ، الله رسل الروح القدس لشعبه, ليقودهم, ويعلمهم, ويعزيهم, ويمكّنهم من عمل ارادة الله
الروح القدس قاد يسوع وهو يقود الناس البيؤمنو بيسوع

مقترحات الترجمة

يمكن بالبساطة ترجمة هذا العبارة بالكلمات المستخدمة في ترجمة "مقدس" و "روح"
طرق ترجمة العبارة ده يمكن أن يشمل "الروح الطاهر" أو "الروح القدس" أو "الله الروح"

(See also: holy, spirit, God, Lord, God the Father, Son of God, gift)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

1:1 But God’s Spirit was there over the water.
24:8 When Jesus came up out of the water after being baptized, the Spirit of God appeared in the form of a dove and came down and rested on him.
26:1 After overcoming Satan’s temptations, Jesus returned in the power of the Holy Spirit to the region of Galilee where he lived.
26:3 Jesus read, “God has given me his Spirit so that I can proclaim good news to the poor, freedom to captives, recovery of sight for the blind, and release to the oppressed.”
42:10 “So go, make disciples of all people groups by baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit and by teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.”
43:3 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and they began to speak in other languages.
43:8 “And Jesus has sent the Holy Spirit just as he promised he would do. The Holy Spirit is causing the things that you are are now seeing and hearing.”
43:11 Peter answered them, “Every one of you should repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ so that God will forgive your sins. Then he will also give you the gift of the Holy Spirit.”
45:1 He (Stephen) had a good reputation and was full of the Holy Spirit and of wisdom.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3068, H6944, H7307, G40, G4151

روح، ريح، نفس

تعريف:

كلمة "روح" بتشير للجزء الغير مادي من الشخص و الما ممكن يشوفوه. في مفهوم الكتاب المقدس، روح الشخص عندو علاقة قريبة بمفهوم نفس الشخص. الكلمة كمان ممكن تشير للرياح، و دي حركة الهواء في العالم الطبيعي.؟ * كلمة "روح" ممكن تشير للكائن الما عندو جسد مادي، زي الروح الشريرة. * بشكل عام، كلمة "روحي" بيوصف الحاجات في العالم الغير المادي. * كلمة "روح ال" ممكن تعني كمان "عندها خصائص ال" زي في "روح الحكمة" أو "في روح إيليا". أحيانا الكتاب المقدس يستخدم الكلمة دي على حسب موقف الشخص أو حالته العاطفية، زي "روح الخوف" و "روح الغيرة". * يسوع قال الله روح.

مقترحات الترجمة:

على حسب الحالة، بعض طرق ترجمة "الروح" ممكن تشمل "كائن غير مادي" أو "جزء داخلي" أو "كائن داخلي".
في بعض الحالات ، كلمة "روح" ممكن يترجمو زي "روح شرير" أو "كائن روحي شرير".
أحيانا كلمة "روح" بيستخدمو عشان يعبر عن مشاعر شخص ، زي في " روحي حزين في داخلي." دا ممكن يترجمو كمان زي " شعرت بالحزن في روحي" أو "شعرت بحزن عميق."
عبارة "روح ال" ممكن يترجمو زي "شخصية ال" أو "تأثير " أو "موقف" أو "تفكير (ده هو) يتميز بي."
على حسب الحالة، "روحي" ممكن يترجمو زي "غير جسدي" أو "من الروح القدس" أو "الهي" أو "جزء من العالم الغير المادي".
عبارة "النضج الروحي" يمكن ترجمو زي "سلوك صالح البظهر طاعة الروح القدس".
كلمة "موهبة روحية" ممكن يترجمو زي "قدرة خاصة البقدمها الروح القدس".
احيان الكلمة دي ممكن يترجموها زي "ريح" لمن يشير لحركة الهوا البسيطة أو "التنفس" لمن يشير لحركة الهواء البسببها الكائنات الحية.

(See also: soul, Holy Spirit, demon, breath)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:3 Three days later, after the people had prepared themselves spiritually, God came down on top of Mount Sinai with thunder, lightning, smoke, and a loud trumpet blast.
40:7 Then Jesus cried out, “It is finished! Father, I give my spirit into your hands.” Then he bowed his head and gave up his spirit.
45:5 As Stephen was dying, he cried out, “Jesus, receive my spirit.”
48:7 All the people groups are blessed through him, because everyone who believes in Jesus is saved from sin, and becomes a spiritual descendant of Abraham.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H178, H1172, H5397, H7307, H7308, G4151, G4152, G4153, G5326, G5427

سماء،فضاء،سموات ،سماوي

التعريف

الكلمة المترجم زي "السماء" دايما بوري المكان الموجود فيه الله .نفس الكلمة ممكن برضو يعني "الفضاء" على حسب التعبير .

كلمة "السموات" بوري اي حاجة البنشوفو فوق الارض حتى الشمس ،القمر و النجوم .و بشمل برضو الاجسام السماوية زي الكواكب البعيدة الما بنشوفو طوالي من الارض .
كلمة "الفضاء" بوري الفسحة الزرقاء الفوق للارض العندو سحب و الهواء البنتنفسو .عادة بقولو الشمس والقمر برضو قعدين فوق في الفضاء.
في بعض الحالات في الكتاب المقدس كلمة "السماء" ممكن يوري الفضاء او المكان الموجود فيه الله .

مقترحات الترجمة

بالنسبة لملكوت السموات في كتاب متى من الافضل نحتفظ بكلمة السماء لانو بميز انجيل متى .
كلمة "السموات " او "الاجسام السماوية " يمكن يترجم زي الشمس ،القمر والنجوم او كل النجوم الفي الدنيا .
العبارة، "نجوم السماء" يمكن يترجم زي "نجوم في السماء" او "النجوم في المجرة" او "النجوم في الدنيا"

(See also: kingdom of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:2 They even began building a tall tower to reach heaven.
14:11 He (God) gave them bread from heaven, called “manna.”
23:7 Suddenly, the skies were filled with angels praising God, saying, “Glory to God in heaven and peace on earth to the people he favors!”
29:9 Then Jesus said, “This is what my heavenly Father will do to every one of you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart.”
37:9 Then Jesus looked up to heaven and said, “Father, thank you for hearing me.”
42:11 Then Jesus went up to heaven, and a cloud hid him from their sight.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1534, H6160, H6183, H7834, H8064, H8065, G932, G2032, G3321, G3770, G3771, G3772

شريعة, شريعة موسى, شريعة يهوه, شريعة الله,

تعريف:

ببساطة، كلمة " شريعة" بوري قانون او توجيهات اللازم يتبعوها. في الكتاب المقدس، كلمة "شريعة" غالبًا تستخدم بصورة عامة عشان يوري اي حاجة و كل حاجة الله دايرو من الناس يطيعوه و يعملوا. كلمة "شريعة موسى" بصورة خاصة بشير للوصايا و التوجيهات الله اداه لموسى عشان يديه لشعب اسرائيل ليطيعوها.

اعتمادآ على حسب الحال، "القانون" ممكن يشير الى:
الوصايا العشر الكتبها الله على لوحين حجر للاسرائيليين.
كل الشريعة ادوها لموسى
الكتب الخمسة الأولى في العهد القديم.
العهد القديم كلو (برضو بيعرف باسم "الكتاب المقدس " في العهد الجديد).
كل توجيهات الله و ارادته.
عبارة "الناموس و الأنبياء" تستخدم في العهد الجديد عشان يوري الكتب العبرية (او " العهد القديم").

مقترحات الترجمة:

الكلمات ديل يمكن يترجموهم باستخدام جمع "القوانين" ما دام بتشير لتوجيهات كتيرة.
كلمة "شريعة موسى" يمكن يترجمو زي "القوانين الله كلم بيهو موسى عشان يديه للاسرائيليين".
اعتمادآ على حسب الحال، "شريعة موسى" يمكن برضو يترجمو زي "الشريعة الله كلم بيه موسى" او قوانين الله الكتبها موسى" او "القوانين الله كلم موسى يديها لشعب اسرائيل".
طرق ترجمة "القانون" او "قانون الله" او "قوانين الله" يمكن يشمل "قوانين من الله" او "اوامر الله" او "قوانين الأداه الله " او "اي حاجة الله امر بيها" او "كل توجيهات الله"
عبارة "شريعة يهوه" يمكن يترجمو برضو زي "قوانين يهوه" او "قوانين يهوه قال يطيعوا" او "قوانين من الله" او "حاجات يهوه امر بيها".

(See also: instruct, Moses, Ten Commandments, lawful, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:7 God also gave many other laws and rules to follow. If the people obeyed these laws, God promised that he would bless and protect them. If they disobeyed them, God would punish them.
13:9 Anyone who disobeyed God’s law could bring an animal to the altar in front of the Tent of Meeting as a sacrifice to God.
15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai. The people promised to remain faithful to God and follow his laws.
16:1 After Joshua died, the Israelites disobeyed God and did not drive out the rest of the Canaanites or obey God’s laws.
21:5 In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins.
27:1 Jesus answered, “What is written in God’s law?”
28:1 Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good?’ There is only one who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H430, H1881, H1882, H2706, H2710, H3068, H4687, H4872, H4941, H8451, G2316, G3551, G3565

شيطان ، ابليس ،الشرير

<<<<<<< HEAD

حقائق:

بالرغم أن ابليس هو كائن روحي الله خلقه،اتمرد على الله وبقى عدو الله . الابليس هو كمان اسمو "شيطان" و "واحد شرير" . * الأبليس بكره الله وكل حاجة خلقه لانو داير يشيل مكان الله ويعبدوه زي الله . * الشيطان بغري الناس عشان يتمردوا ضد الله. * الله رسل ابنه، يسوع ، عشان ينقذ الناس من سيطرة الشيطان. * الاسم "الشيطان" يعني "مخاصم" أو "عدو". * الكلمة "ابليس" تعني "المشتكي".

مقترحات الترجمة:

كلمة "ابليس" يمكن يترجمو كمان زي "المشتكي" أو "شرير" أو "ملك الأرواح الشريرة" أو "الرئيس الروح الشرير".
"شيطان" ممكن يترجمو زي "مقاوم" أو "مخاصم" أو اي اسم تاني البشير انو هو "الشرير".
الكلمات ديل لاذم يترجمو بشكل مختلف من شيطان و روح شرير .
اعتبر كيف يترجم الكلمات ديل في الغة محلية أو قومية.

Satan, devil, evil oneر

حقائق

Facts:

بالرغم أن ابليس هو كائن روحي الله خلقه،اتمرد على الله وبقى عدو الله . الابليس هو كمان اسمو "شيطان" و "واحد شرير" . Although the devil is a spirit being that God created, he rebelled against God and became God’s enemy. The devil is also called “Satan” and “the evil one.”

الأبليس بكره الله وكل حاجة خلقه لانو داير يشيل مكان الله ويعبدوه زي الله . * The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God.

الشيطان بغري الناس عشان يتمردوا ضد الله. * Satan tempts people to rebel against God

الله رسل ابنه، يسوع ، عشان ينقذ الناس من سيطرة الشيطان. * God sent his Son, Jesus, to rescue people from Satan’s control.

الاسم "الشيطان" يعني "مخاصم" أو "عدو". * The name “Satan” means “adversary” or “enemy.”

الكلمة "ابليس" تعني "المشتكي". * The word “devil” means “accuser.”

مقترحات الترجمة

Translation Suggestions:

كلمة "ابليس" يمكن يترجمو كمان زي "المشتكي" أو "شرير" أو "ملك الأرواح الشريرة" أو "الرئيس الروح الشرير". * The word “devil” could also be translated as “the accuser” or “the evil one” or “the king of evil spirits” or “the chief evil spirit.”

"شيطان" ممكن يترجمو زي "مقاوم" أو "مخاصم" أو اي اسم تاني البشير انو هو "الشرير". * “Satan” could be translated as “Opponent” or “Adversary” or some other name that shows that he is the devil.

الكلمات ديل لاذم يترجمو بشكل مختلف من شيطان و روح شرير . * These terms should be translated differently from demon and evil spirit.

اعتبر كيف يترجم الكلمات ديل في الغة محلية أو قومية. * Consider how these terms are translated in a local or national language.

(See: How to Translate Unknowns)

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: demon, evil, kingdom of God, tempt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

21:1 The snake who deceived Eve was Satan. The promise meant that the Messiah who would come would defeat Satan completely.
25:6 Then Satan showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world and all their glory and said, “I will give you all this if you bow down and worship me.”
25:8 Jesus did not give in to Satan’s temptations, so Satan left him.
33:6 So Jesus explained, “The seed is the word of God. The path is a person who hears God’s word, but does not understand it, and the devil takes the word from him.”
38:7 After Judas took the bread, Satan entered into him.
48:4 God promised that one of Eve’s descendants would crush Satan’s head, and Satan would wound his heel. This meant that Satan would kill the Messiah, but God would raise him to life again, and then the Messiah will crush the power of Satan forever.
49:15 God has taken you out of Satan’s kingdom of darkness and put you into God’s kingdom of light.
50:9 “The weeds represent the people who belong to the evil one. The enemy who planted the weeds represents the devil.”
50:10 “When the world ends, the angels will gather together all the people who belong to the devil and throw them into a raging fire, where they will cry and grind their teeth in terrible suffering.”
50:15 When Jesus returns, he will completely destroy Satan and his kingdom. He will throw Satan into hell where he will burn forever, along with everyone who chose to follow him rather than to obey God.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7700, H7854, H8163, G1139, G1140, G1141, G1142, G1228, G4190, G4566, G4567

شيطان ـ مسكون

التعريف:

الزول البسكنه شيطان عندو شيطان أو روح شرير البسيطر على عملو وتفكيرو. * عادةالزول البسكنه شيطان بيأذي نفسه أو الناس التانين لانو الشيطان بخليهو يعمل كده. * يسوع شفي الناس السكنهم الشيطان من خلال امره للشياطين انو يطلعوا منهم. وده بسمو عادة "الطرد" الشياطين.

مقترحات الترجمة:

طرق تانية لترجمة الكلمة دي ممكن تشمل "المسيطر عليهو الشيطان" أو "مسيطر عليهو روح شرير" أو "مسكون بروح شرير".

(See also: demon)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

26:9 Many people who had demons in them were brought to Jesus.
32:2 When they reached the other side of the lake, a demon-possessed man came running up to Jesus.
32:6 The man with the demon cried out in a loud voice, “What do you want with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? Please do not torture me!”
32:9 The people from the town came and saw the man who used to have the demons.
47:3 Every day as they (Paul and Silas) walked there, a slave girl possessed by a demon followed them.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G1139

شيطان، روح شريرة ، روح نجسة

تعريف:

كل الكلمات ديل بتشير للشياطين ، وهم كائنات روحية بتعارض مشيئة الله. * الله خلق الملايكة عشان يخدموا. لمن اتمرد الشيطان على الله ، بعض الملايكة كمان اتمردوا و طردوهم من السماء. في اعتقاد أنو الشياطين والأرواح الشريرة ديل "الملائكة السقطوا". * احيانا الشياطين ديل بسموهم "أرواح نجسة". الكلمة "نجس" يعني "غير طاهر" أو "شرير" أو "غير مقدس". ل* أنو الشياطين بيخدموا إبليس ، هم بيعملوا حاجات شريرة. احيانا بسكنوا داخل الناس و بتحكموا فيهم. * الشياطين اقوى من الكائن البشري ، لكن ما قويين زي الله.

مقترحات الترجمة:

ممكن كمان يترجمو كلمة "شيطان" زي "روح شرير".
عبارة "روح نجس" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "روح غير طاهر" أو "روح فاسد" أو "روح شرير".
تأكد من الكلمة أو العبارة المستخدمة في ترجمة الكلمة دي مختلفة عن الكلمة المستخدمة عشان يشير لابليس.
خت في بالك كمان كيف ترجمة كلمة"شيطان" للغة المحلية أو الوطنية. (شوف: كيف تترجم الما معروف).

(See also: demon-possessed, Satan, false god, false god, angel, evil, clean)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

26:9 Many people who had demons in them were brought to Jesus. When Jesus commanded them, the demons came out of the people, and often shouted, “You are the Son of God!”
32:8 The demons came out of the man and entered the pigs.
47:5 Finally one day when the slave girl started yelling, Paul turned to her and said to the demon that was in her, “In the name of Jesus, come out of her.” Right away the demon left her.
49:2 He (Jesus) walked on water, calmed storms, healed many sick people, drove out demons, raised the dead to life, and turned five loaves of bread and two small fish into enough food for over 5,000 people.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2932, H7307, H7451, H7700, G169, G1139, G1140, G1141, G1142, G4190, G4151, G4152, G4189

صالح ، الصلاح او مستقيم ، استقامة ،ظالم ،الاثم ،تستقيم ،استقامة

التعريف

عبارة "صلاح "بوري خير الله المطلق ، عدالة ، ولاء والمحبة ، و الصفات ده خلى الله يكون صالح ولانو الله هو صالح لاذم يدين الخطية

الكلمات ده برضو دايما بستخدموا عشان يصفو بيهو الزول البطيع الله ، و الزول الاخلاقو كويس و لانو كل الناس اخطاوا مافي اي زول صالح الا الله
امثلة لناس الكتاب المقدس وصفهم بصالحين ، زي نوح ، ايوب ، ابراهيم ، زكريا و اليصابات
لمن الناس يثقوا بانو يسوع مخلص ليهم ، الله بنضفهم من خطاياهم وبخليهم صالحين بسبب بر يسوع

كلمة "الظالمين " معناه تكون خاطئ و مفسد . الاثم بعني " خطية" او الحالة البخلي الانسان يكون مخطئ

الكلمات ده خاصة بعني انو نعيش بدون ما نطيع اوامر الله و تعاليمه
الناس الظالمين هم فاسدين في افكارهم واعمالهم .
مرات كلمة "الظالمين " بيعني بطريقة خاصة الناس الما بؤمنوا بيسوع

كلمات "تستقيم" و "استقامة" بوري التصرف بالطريقة البرضي شريعة الله

معاني الكلمات ده بشمل فكرة انو نكونوا مستقيمين في تصرفاتنا و نعاين لقدام
الانسان المستقيم ده الانسان البطيع الله و ما بعمل حاجات ضد ارادة الله
كلمات "النزيهه" و "الصالح " متشابهين في المعنى و مرات بستخدموهم في المماثلة زي "النزاهة و الاستقامة " (See: parallelism)

خيارات ترجمة

، كلمة "صالح " لمن يوصف الله ،يمكن يترجم زي "كويس تماما بدون شرط " او "دايما بيعمل بالحق "
استقامة الله يمكن برضو يترجمو زي "صالح و بستحق الثقة "
كلمة "صالح" لمن يوصف الناس البطيعوا الله ، يمكن برضو يترجم زي "اخلاقو كويس " او "تمام " او عايش الحياة البخلي الله يكون ممبسوط
عبارة صالح يمكن برضو نترجمو زي "الناس الصالحين" او "الناس البخافوا الله "
و بالكلام ده ، كلمة الاستقامة يمكن يترجم بكلمة او عبارة البيعني "الصلاح " او "الاستقامة امام الله " او "التصرف بالطريقة البرضي الله "او "القيام بالعمل الجيد "
كلمة "الظالمين " يمكن بسهولة يترجم زي "غير صالح "
وعلى حسب الكلام ده ، الطريقة التانية ممكن نترجم بيهو الكلمة ده يمكن يكون "شرير" او "فاسد" او "الناس البتمردوا ضد الله "او "الخطاء "
عبارة "غير صالح "يمكن يترجم زي "الناس الاشرار"
كلمة "الاثم "يمكن يترجم زي "الخطية" او "الفكرة والعمل الشرير" او "الشر "
و لو ممكن ، احسن انك تترجم الكلمات ده بالطريقة البوري علاقتو بالكلمتين "الصالح "و "الصلاح "
الطرق الممكن نترجم بيهو كلمة "تستقيم " ممكن يشمل "التصرف الصحيح" او "الانسان البعمل الصح "او "البطبع شريعة الله "او "المطيع لله" او "البسلك بالطريقة الصحيح "
كلمة الاستقامة يمكن يترجم زي اخلاقو طاهر او اخلاقو تمام او صادق
عبارة تستقيم يمكن يترجم زي ، الناس الهم المستقيمين او الناس المستقيمين

(See also: evil, faithful, good, holy, integrity, just, law, law, obey, pure, righteous, sin, unlawful)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

3:2 But Noah found favor with God. He was a righteous man, living among wicked people.
4:8 God declared that Abram was righteous because he believed in God’s promise.
17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
23:1 Joseph, the man Mary was engaged to, was a righteous man.
50:10 Then the righteous ones will shine like the sun in the kingdom of God their Father.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H205, H1368, H2555, H3072, H3474, H3476, H3477, H3483, H4334, H4339, H4749, H5228, H5229, H5324, H5765, H5766, H5767, H5977, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6665, H6666, H6968, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G93, G94, G458, G1341, G1342, G1343, G1344, G1345, G1346, G2118, G3716, G3717

صلب ، مصلوب

تعريف:

كلمة "صلب" يعني تعدم شخص معين بربطه في الصليب وتخليهو هناك يعاني ويموت بألم شديد. * الضحية كان إما مربوط أو مسمر على الصليب .الناس المصلوبين بموتو بفقدان الدم أو الاختناق. * الإمبراطورية الرومانية القديمة عادة استخدمت طريقة الإعدام دا عشان يقتل ويعاقب الناس الكانوا مجرمين شديد أو الاتمردوا ضد سلطة حكومتهم. * قادة اليهود الدينيين طلبوا من الحاكم الروماني أنو يأمر جنوده عشان يصلبوا يسوع. العساكر سمروا يسوع على الصليب. هو عانى هناك لمدة ست ساعات بعداك مات.

مقترحات الترجمة:

كلمة "صلب" ممكن يترجمو زي "قتل على صليب" أو "اعدام بالتسمير على صليب".

(See also: cross, Rome)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

39:11 But the Jewish leaders and the crowd shouted, “Crucify him (Jesus)!”
39:12 Pilate became afraid that the crowd would begin to riot, so he ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus.played a major role in the crucifixion of Jesus Christ.
40:1 After the soldiers mocked Jesus, they led him away to crucify him. They made him carry the cross on which he would die.
40:4 Jesus was crucified between two robbers.
43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know. But you crucified him!”
43:9 “You crucified this man, Jesus.”
44:8 Peter answered them, “This man stands before you healed by the power of Jesus the Messiah. You crucified Jesus, but God raised him to life again!”

Word Data:

Strong’s: G388, G4362, G4717, G4957

صلى ، صلاة

التعريف

كلمات "صلى و صلاة"بوري التكلم مع الله . كمان الكلمات ديل تستخدم عشان يوري الناس البحاولوا يتكلموا مع الالهه الكاذبة.

يمكن الناس يصلو بصمت متكلمين الى الله بافكارهم او يصلوا بصوت عالي متكلمين الى الله باصواتهم .مرات الصلوات بتكون مكتوبة زي ما داود كتب صلواته في كتاب المزامير.
يمكن الصلاة تشمل طلب رحمة من الله عشان يساعد في مشكلة معينة و طلب حكمة في اتخاذ القرارات .
غالبا الناس بطلبوا من الله ان يشفى المرضى او المحتاج لمساعدته بطرق تانية .
كمان الناس بشكروا و بسبحوا الله لمن بصلوا ليه.
الصلاة تشمل اعترافنا بخطايانا لله ونطلب منه ان يسامحنا.
التكلم مع الله يسمى أحيانا "التواصل" معه زي ما بتتواصل ارواحنا مع روحه ، نشارك عواطفنا ونستمتع بوجوده.
يمكن ترجمة الكلمة ده زي التكلم مع الله" او التواصل مع الله" .ترجمةالكلمة ده يمكن تشمل الصلاة الصامتة

(See also: false god, forgive, praise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

6:5 Isaac prayed for Rebekah, and God allowed her to get pregnant with twins.
13:12 But Moses prayed for them, and God listened to his prayer and did not destroy them.
19:8 Then the prophets of Baal prayed to Baal, “Hear us, O Baal!”
21:7 Priests also prayed to God for the people.
38:11 Jesus told his disciples to pray that they would not enter into temptation.
43:13 The disciples continually listened to the teaching of the apostles, spent time together, ate together, and prayed with each other.
49:18 God tells you to pray, to study his word, to worship him with other Christians, and to tell others what he has done for you.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H559, H577, H1156, H2470, H3863, H3908, H4994, H6279, H6293, H6419, H6739, H7592, H7878, H7879, H7881, H8034, H8605, G154, G1162, G1189, G1783, G2065, G2171, G2172, G3870, G4335, G4336

صليب

تعريف:

في زمن الكتاب المقدس،الصليب كان عبارة عن خشبة مستقيمة بتثبت في الأرض، مع عراضة خشبية أفقية مربوط فيها قريب من الاعلى. * في فترة الإمبراطورية الرومانية، الحكومة الرومانية كان بتعدم المجرمين بربطهم أو تسميرهم على الصليب ويخلوهم هناك عشان يموتوا. * اتهموا يسوع بالكذب بجرائم ما عملو والرومان قتلوه على الصليب. * لاحظ انو الكلمة دا مختلفة تماما من الفعل "تعبر" البتعني تمشي للطرف التاني من حاجة معينة، زي نهر أو بحيرة.

مقترحات الترجمة:

الكلمة دي ممكن يترجموها باستخدام كلمة في اللغة المستهدفة البتشير لشكل الصليب.
خت في الاعتبار وصف الصليب زي الحاجة البقتلو فيها الناس، باستخدام عبارات زي "مكان الإعدام" أو "شجرة الموت".
خت في الاعتبار كمان كيف الكلمة دي بترجموها في الكتاب المقدس للغة المحلية أو الوطنية. (شوف: كيف الترجمة المجهول).

(See also: crucify, Rome)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

40:1 After the soldiers mocked Jesus, they led him away to crucify him. They made him carry the cross on which he would die.
40:2 The soldiers brought Jesus to a place called “the Skull” and nailed his arms and feet to the cross.
40:5 The Jewish leaders and the other people in the crowd mocked Jesus. They said to him, “If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself! Then we will believe you.”
49:10 When Jesus died on the cross, he received your punishment.
49:12 You must believe that Jesus is the Son of God, that he died on the cross instead of you, and that God raised him to life again.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G4716

طهر ،مطهر ،الطهور ،غير مطهر ، الغلفة .

التعريف

كلمة "طهر" معناه قطع الغلفة لرجل او الولد . حفلة طهور يمكن يعملو بخصوص ده

الله امر ابراهيم انو يطهر اي ذكر وسط اسرته وخدامو كعلامة لعهد الله معاهم.ٍ
الله برضو امر نسل ابراهيم انو يواصلو يعملوا ده لاي جنى ولد بلدو في الاسرة .
العبارة ،"طهور القلب" بيوري مجازيا "قطع" او ازالة الخطية من الشخص
بالمعني الروحي ،"المطهرين" بوري الناس الطهرهم الله من الخطية بواسطة دم يسوع وديل ناس بتاعو .
كلمة "ما مطهرين" بوري الناس الما مطهرين جسديا . و يمكن برضو مجازيا يوري الناس الما مطهرين روحيا، الما عندهم علاقة مع الله .

كلمات "ما مطهر" و "ما مطهرين" بوري الذكر الما طهرو جسديا .الكلمات ديل بستخدموا برضو مجازيا .

كانت امة مصر محتاجة برضو للطهور ،عشان كدا لمن الله اتكلم عن هزيمة مصر على يد غير المطهرين ،هو بيقصد الناس الاحتقرهم المصرين بانو هم غلف
الكتاب المقدس بوري لناس "القلوبهم ما طاهرة" او "الما طاهرين في القلب" ده الطريقة المجازية لقول ،الناس ديل ما ناس الله و هم عنيدين ما بطيعوه
لو كلمة الطهور مستخدم او معروف في اللغة ، "غير مطهر" يمكن يترجم زي "ما مطهر"
العبارة، "الغلفة" يمكن يترجم زي "الناس الما مطهرين" او "الناس الما تابعين لله" علي حسب الحالة .
طرق اخرى لترجمة الحواس المجازية للكلمة ده ، "ما ناس الله" او "المتمردين زي الما تابعين لله" او "الناس الما عندهم اي علامة البوري انو هم تابعين لله"
العبارة، "ما مطهرين في القلب" يمكن يترجم زي "متمرد بعناد" او "يرفض ان يؤمن" ما انو من الافضل لو امكن نحتفظ بالتعبير او اي تعبير مشابه لانو الطهور الروحي مفهوم مهم .

مقترحات ترجمة

لو ثقافة اللغة المستهدف بعملوا طهور للذكور ،يجب استخدام الكلمة المستخدمة للاشارة الى الكلمة ده
طرق اخرى لترجمة الكلمة ده يمكن يكون،"قطع حوله" او "قطعها في دائرة" او "قطع الغلفة"
في الثقافات الما بعرف الطهور ،يمكن من الضرورة شرحه بدقة وتفصيل
تأكد انو الكلمة المستخدم لترجمة ده ما بوري لأناث .بكون من الضرورة انو نترجم ده بالكلمة او عبارة بشمل المعنى "لذكر"

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: Abraham, covenant)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

5:3 “You must circumcise every male in your family.”
5:5 That day Abraham circumcised all the males in his household.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4135, H4139, H5243, H6188, H6189, H6190, G203, G564, G1986, G4059, G4061

عدل , عدالة , ظالم , ظلم , يبرر , تبرير

تعريف:

"عدل" و "عدالة" تشير لمعاملة الناس بالتساوي حسب قوانين الله. القوانين البشرية البتعكس معيار الله لسلوك الصحيح تجاه الآخرين هي برضو عدل.

تكون "عادل" هو أنو تتصرف بطريقة عادلة وصحيحة تجاه الآخرين . هو برضو بيدل لصدق والاستقامة عشان تعمل الحاجة الاخلاقي الصحيح في عين الله .
عشان تتصرف "بعدالة" يعني تعامل الناس بطريقة صحيحة ،كويسة وسليمة حسب قوانين الله.
عشان تتحصل على "عدالة" يعني يعاملوك معاملة عادلة حسب القانون ، إما يحموك بالقانون أو يعاقبوك لمخالفتك للقانون.
أحيانا عبارة "عدل" عندها معنى أوسع "للبر/الصلاح" أو "اتباع قوانين الله".

عبارات "ظالم" و "غير عادل" يشيرو لمعاملة الناس الغير عادلة وعادة بطريقة مضرة.

"الظلم" هو حاجة كعب عملو للشخص بدون ما يستحقه . هو يشير لمعاملة الناس بشكل غير عادل.
الظلم يعني برضو أنو بعض الناس بعاملوهم معاملة كعبة بينما الآخرين بيعاملوهم معاملة كويسة.
الشخص البتصرف بطريقة غير عادلة هو "جزئي" أو "متحيز" لأنو ما بيعامل الناس بالمساواة.

عبارات "يبرر" و "تبرير" بخلو انو الشحص المذنب يكون بار . الله براه بيساوي الناس بالحق .

لمن الله يبرر الناس ، بيغفر خطيتهم ويخليهم زي ما عندهم خطية. هو يبرر الخطاة البتوبوا والبثقوا في يسوع عشان ينقذهم من خطاياهم.
عبارة "التبرير" بشير للبعمله الله لمن يغفر خطايا شخص ويعلن أنو الشخص داك مستقيم في عينه .

اقترحات:

على حسب الحالة ، طرق اخرى لترجمة "عدل" يمكن تشمل "الحق الأخلاقي" أو "العادل".
عبارة "عدالة"ممكن يترجمو زي "معاملة عادلة" أو "نتائج مستحقة".
"تتصرف بعدل"ممكن يترجمو زي "تعامل بعدل" أو "تصرف بطريقة عادلة".
في بعض الحالات، ممكن يترجمو كلمة "عدل" زي "بار" أو "مستقيم".
اعتمادا على الحالة ، "ظالم" ممكن برضو يترجمو زي "غير عادل" أو "جزئي" أو "غير بار/صالح".
عبارة "الظلم" ممكن يترجمو زي "الظالم" أو "الشعب الظالم" أو "الناس البيعاملوا الاخرين بظلم" أو "الناس الغير بارين/صالحين" أو "الناس البخالفوا الله".
كلمة "ظلما" ممكن يترجمو زي "بطريقة غير عادلة" أو "بخطأ" أو "بظلم".
طرق ترجمة "الظلم" ممكن يشمل "المعاملة الكعبة" أو "المعاملة الغير عادلة" أو "التصرف بشكل غير عادل". (انظر:
طرق تاني ترجمة "يبرير" يمكن تشمل "إعلان (شخص )بانو بار" أو "تخلي (شخص ) يكون بار".
كلمة "تبرير" ممكن يترجمو زي "اعلنو بانو بار" أو "بقى بار" أو "خلى الناس يكونوا ابرار"
عبارة "نتيجة التبرير" ممكن يترجمو " عشان الله يبرر كثير من الناس" أو "البخلي الله يبقي الناس ابرار".
عبارة "لتبريرنا" ممكن يترجمو زي "عشان نتبرر من خلال الله ".

(See also: forgive, guilt, judge, righteous, righteous)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him.
18:13 Some of these kings (of Judah) were good men who ruled justly and worshiped God.
19:16 They (the prophets) all told the people to stop worshiping idols and to start showing justice and mercy to others.
50:17 Jesus will rule his kingdom with peace and justice, and he will be with his people forever.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H205, H2555, H3477, H4941, H5765, H5766, H5767, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6666, H8003, H8264, H8636, G91, G93, G94, G1342, G1344, G1345, G1346, G1347, G1738

عهد

تعريف

في كتاب المقدس, كلمة "عهد" بوري اتفاق رسمي ملزم بين طرفين واحد من الطرفين او كلهم يجب ان يوفي.

الأتفاق ده يمكن يكون بين افراد, بين مجموعات من الناس, او بين الله و الناس.
لمن الناس يعملوا عهد مع بعضهم البعض, هم بوعدو انهم بعملوا حاجة, و هم لابدا يعملوا.
مثلآ عهود البشرية بشمل عهودالزواج, عمل اتفاقيات, و معاهدات بين البلدان
من خلال كتاب المقدس, الله عمل عهود كتير مختلفة مع ناسه
في بعض العهود, الله وعد ان يوفي بجانب حقه بدون شروط , زي مثلآ لمن الله عمل عهده مع البشر ووعد انوا أبدآ ما حيدمر كل الأرض مرة تاني بالطوفان , الوعد ده ما عندو شروط للناس عشان يعملو .
في عهود اخرى, وعد الله ان يوفي بجانب حقو بس لو الناس اطاعو واوفوا بالعهد من جانبهم .

كلمة " عهد جديد" بوري التزام او اتفاق الله عملو مع ناسو بواسطة ذبيحة ابنه, يسوع.

"عهد الله الجديد" تم شرحه في جزو من الكتاب المقدس يسمى "العهد الجديد"
العهد الجديد ده مقابل " القديم" او "السابق" العهدالعملو الله مع الأسرائلين في زمن العهد القديم.
العهد الجديد هو افضل من القديم عشان هو مؤسس علي ذبيحة يسوع, الكامل تماما لتكفير عن خطايا الناس الي الأبد. الذبائح العملوا في العهد القديم ما بعمل كدا.
الله بكتب العهد الجديد على قلوب الناس المومنين بيسوع. ده بخليهم يطيعوا الله ويبدوا يعيشوا حياة مقدسة
العهدالجديد بكون "(مكتمل" في الزمن الأخر لمن الله يؤسس ملكه علي الأرض, كل شيء حيكون سمح جدآ مرة تاني , زي ما كان لمن الله خلق الدنيا اول.

مقتراحات الترجمة

على حسب الحالة ، طرق ترجمة الكلام ده يمكن تشمل "اتفاق ملزم" أو "التزام رسمي" أو "تعهد" أو "عقد"
بعض اللغات يمكن عندهم كلمات مختلفة للعهد اعتمادا على ده لو واحد من الطرفين او الاتنين عملو عهد يجب عليهم الوفاء به . لو العهد من طرف واحد، يمكن يترجم زي"وعد" أو "التعهد"
تأكد من ان ترجمة الكلمة ده ما يكون زي كأنو الناس اقترحوا العهد. في كل حالات العهود بين الله والناس ، كان الله هو البادي العهد.
كلمة "العهد الجديد" يمكن ترجمتة زي"اتفاق رسمي جديد" أو "اتفاق جديد" أو "عقد جديد"
كلمة "جديد" في التعبيرات ديل لها معنى "طازج" أو "نوع جديد من" أو "آخر"

(See also: covenant, promise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:9 Then God made a covenant with Abram. A covenant is an agreement between two parties.
5:4 “I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.”
6:4 After a long time, Abraham died and all of the promises that God had made to him in the covenant were passed on to Isaac.
7:10 “The covenant promises God had promised to Abraham and then to Isaac now passed on to Jacob.”
13:2 God said to Moses and the people of Israel, “If you will obey my voice and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai.
21:5 Through the prophet Jeremiah, God promised that he would make a New Covenant, but not like the covenant God made with Israel at Sinai. In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins. The Messiah would start the New Covenant.
21:14 Through the Messiah’s death and resurrection, God would accomplish his plan to save sinners and start the New Covenant.
38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins. Do this to remember me every time you drink it.”
48:11 But God has now made a New Covenant that is available to everyone. Because of this New Covenant, anyone from any people group can become part of God’s people by believing in Jesus.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1285, H2319, H3772, G802, G1242, G4934

عيد الفصح

حقائق

عيد الفصح" ده اسم مهرجان ديني يحتفل بيهو اليهود كل سنة ، عشان يتزكرو كيف الله أنقذ أجدادهم الإسرائيليين من العبودية في مصر.

اسم المهرجان ده جاء من الحقيقة انو الله مر على بيوت الاسرائيليين و ما قتل اولادهم لمن قتل اولاد المصريين الاوائل .
الاحتفال بعيد الفصح يشمل وجبة خاصة من لحم الخروف الما عندو عيب القتلوه و شوه وكمان رغيف عاملينو بدون خميرة . الاكل ده بيزكرهم بالوجبة الاكلوها في الليلة قبل هروبهم من مصر .
الله كلم الاسرائيليين انو ياكلوا الوجبة دي كل سنة عشان يحتفلوا ويتزكروا كيف الله "مر" على بيوتهم وكيف حررهم من العبودية في مصر .

مقترحات ترجمة

كلمة "عيد الفصح" يمكن يترجم بجمع الكلمتين "مر" و "فوق" او دمج اخر من الكلمات العندها المعنى ده .
من المفيد لو اسم المهرجان كان عندو علاقة واضحة بالكلمات المستخدمة عشان يشرح الحاجة العملو ملاك الرب لمن مر على بيوت الاسرائيليين و حفظ اولادهم. .

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:14 God commanded the Israelites to remember his victory over the Egyptians and their deliverance from slavery by celebrating the Passover every year.
38:1 Every year, the Jews celebrated the Passover. This was a celebration of how God had saved their ancestors from slavery in Egypt many centuries earlier.
38:4 Jesus celebrated the Passover with his disciples.
48:9 When God saw the blood, he passed over their houses and did not kill their firstborn sons. This event is called the Passover.
48:10 Jesus is our Passover Lamb. He was perfect and sinless and was killed at the time of the Passover celebration.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6453, G3957

قضى ،حكم

التعريف:

الكلمات "قضى" و "الحكم" غالبًا يشير لاتخاذ قرار عن حاجة لو كويس أو حكيم أو صحيح أو لا. ومع ذلك ، الكلمات ديل ممكن كمان يشيرو للإجراءات البقوم بها الشخص كنتيجة لقرار معين عادةً في حالة تقرير معين لحاجة ما كويس ، غلط أو شرير. * الكلمات "قضى" و "الحكم"كمان ممكن يعني "يسبب ضرر ل" (عادةً لأنو الله قرر بأنو اعمال الشخص أو الامة شريرة). * "حكم الله" غالبًا بشير لقراره عشان يدين حاجة أو شخص باعتباره خاطئ. * حكم الله عادةً بشمل معاقبة الناس على خطاياهم. * كلمة "قضى" ممكن كمان تعني "إدانة". الله امر شعبه بانو ما يحكموا على بعض بالطريقة دي . * معنى تاني هو "الحكم بين" أو "قضى بين" ،زي في قرار، ده ياتو شخص على حق في مشكلة بينهم. * في بعض الحالات ، "أحكام الله" هي البتقرر أنو صحيح و عادل. هي بتشبه قراراته أو قوانينه أو تعاليمه. * "الحكم" ممكن يشير لقدرة عمل قرار حكيم. الشخص الما قادر "للحكم" ما عندو حكمة عشان يتخذ قرارات حكيمة.

مقترحات ترجمة:

على حسب الحالة ، طرق ترجمة "قضى" ممكن تشمل " تقرر" أو "تدين" أو "تعاقب" أو "تأمر".
كلمة "حكم" ممكن تترجم زي "عقوبة" أو "قرار" أو "حكم" أو "امر" أو "إدانة".
في بعض الحالات ، عبارة "في الحكم" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "في يوم الحكم" أو "في الوقت البدين فيه الله الناس".

(See also: decree, judge, judgment day, just, law, law)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

19:16 The prophets warned the people that if they did not stop doing evil and start obeying God, then God would judge them as guilty, and he would punish them.
21:8 A king is someone who rules over a kingdom and judges the people. The Messiah would come would be the perfect king who would sit on the throne of his ancestor David. He would reign over the whole world forever, and who would always judge honestly and make the right decisions.
39:4 The high priest tore his clothes in anger and shouted to the other religious leaders, “We do not need any more witnesses! You have heard him say that he is the Son of God. What is your judgment?”
50:14 But God will judge everyone who does not believe in Jesus. He will throw them into hell, where they will weep and grind their teeth in anguish forever.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H148, H430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1780, H1781, H1782, H2940, H4055, H4941, H6414, H6415, H6416, H6417, H6419, H6485, H8196, H8199, H8201, G144, G350, G968, G1106, G1252, G1341, G1345, G1348, G1349, G2917, G2919, G2920, G2922, G2923, G4232

<<<<<<< HEAD

قوة , قوي , قوي شديد

تعريف:

كلمة "قوة" تشير لقدرة عمل حاجات أو تخلى حاجات عشان تحصل ، عادة باستعمال قدرة عظيمة. "قوات" بتشير للناس أو الأرواح العندها قدرة عظيمة عشان يخلوا حاجات تحصل. * "قوة الله" تشير لقدرة الله البيعمل كل حاجة ، وخاصة الحاجات الما ممكن يعملوهاالناس. * الله عندو قوة كاملة فوق كل حاجة هو خلقه. * الله بدي قوة لشعبه عشان يعملوا الحاجة الهو دايرو ، عشان لمن يشفوا الناس أو يعملوا معجزات تانية هم ، بيعملوا بقوة الله. * عشان يسوع و الروح القدس كمان هم الله ، عندهم نفس القوة.

اقترحات الترجمة:

على حسب الحالة ، كلمة "قوة" يمكن كمان يترجمو زي "القدرة" أو "القوة" أو "الطاقة" أو "القدرة على عمل معجزات" أو "تحكم".
الطرق الممكنة لترجمة كلمة "القوات" ممكن يشمل "كائنات قوية" أو "ارواح مسيطرة" أو "المسيطرين على الاخرين".
قوة , قوي , قوي شديد

power, powerful, powerfully

تعريف :

Definition:

كلمة "قوة" تشير لقدرة عمل حاجات أو تخلى حاجات عشان تحصل ، عادة باستعمال قدرة عظيمة. "قوات" بتشير للناس أو الأرواح العندها قدرة عظيمة عشان يخلوا حاجات تحصل. The term “power” refers to the ability to do things or make things happen, often using great strength. “Powers” refers to people or spirits who have great ability to cause things to happen.

"قوة الله" تشير لقدرة الله البيعمل كل حاجة ، وخاصة الحاجات الما ممكن يعملوهاالناس. * The “power of God” refers to God’s ability to do everything, especially things that are not possible for people to do.

الله عندو قوة كاملة فوق كل حاجة هو خلقه. * God hs complete power over everything that he has created.

الله بدي قوة لشعبه عشان يعملوا الحاجة الهو دايرو ، عشان لمن يشفوا الناس أو يعملوا معجزات تانية هم ، بيعملوا بقوة الله. * God gives his people power to do what he wants, so that when they heal people or do other miracles, they do this by the power of God.

عشان يسوع و الروح القدس كمان هم الله ، عندهم نفس القوة. * Because Jesus and the Holy Spirit are also God, they have this same power.

اقترحات الترجمة

Translation Suggestions

على حسب الحالة ، كلمة "قوة" يمكن كمان يترجمو زي "القدرة" أو "القوة" أو "الطاقة" أو "القدرة على عمل معجزات" أو "تحكم". * Depending on the context, the term “power” could also be translated as “ability” or “strength” or “energy” or “ability to do miracles” or “control.”

الطرق الممكنة لترجمة كلمة "القوات" ممكن يشمل "كائنات قوية" أو "ارواح مسيطرة" أو "المسيطرين على الاخرين". * Possible ways to translate the term “powers” could include “powerful beings” or “controlling spirits” or “those who control others.”

(See also: Holy Spirit, Jesus, miracle)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:5 The angel explained, “The Holy Spirit will come to you, and the power of God will overshadow you. So the baby will be holy, the Son of God.”
26:1 After overcoming Satan’s temptations, Jesus returned in the power of the Holy Spirit to the region of Galilee where he lived.
32:15 Immediately Jesus realized that power had gone out from him.
42:11 Forty days after Jesus rose from the dead, he told his disciples, “Stay in Jerusalem until my Father gives you power when the Holy Spirit comes on you.”
43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”
44:8 Peter answered them, “This man stands before you healed by the power of Jesus the Messiah.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H410, H1369, H1370, H2220, H2393, H2428, H2429, H2632, H3027, H3028, H3581, H4475, H4910, H5794, H5797, H5808, H6184, H7786, H7980, H7981, H7983, H7989, H8280, H8592, H8633, G1411, G1415, G1754, G1756, G1849, G1850, G2159, G2478, G2479, G2904, G3168

<<<<<<< HEAD

قيامة

تعريف:

كلمة "قيامة" بوري عملية الرجعو للحياة بعد الموت. * تقوم شخص معناه ترجع الشخص للحياة مرة تانية. الله براه العندو قوة عشان يعمل ده. * كلمة "قيامة" غالبآ بوري رجعو/عودة يسوع للحياة بعد الموته. * لمن يسوع قال، "انا هو القيامة و الحياة" هو قصد انو هو مصدر القيامة و الوحيد البخلي الناس يرجعوا للحياة تاني.

مقتراحات الترجمة:

"قيامة شخص" يمكن يترجم زي "رجع للحياة" او "هو بقى حي مرة تاني بعد موته".
المعنى الحرفي للكلمة دا هو "قيام" او عملية القيام(من الاموات)" دا ممكن يكون طرق تانية لترجمة الكلمة دي.

=======

قيامة

resurrection

تعريف

Definition:

كلمة "قيامة" بوري عملية الرجعو للحياة بعد الموت. The term “resurrection” refers to the act of becoming alive again after having died.

تقوم شخص معناه ترجع الشخص للحياة مرة تانية. الله براه العندو قوة عشان يعمل ده. * To resurrect someone means to bring that person back to life again. Only God has the power to do this.

كلمة "قيامة" غالبآ بوري رجعو/عودة يسوع للحياة بعد الموته. * The word “resurrection” often refers to Jesus’ coming back to life after he died.

لمن يسوع قال، "انا هو القيامة و الحياة" هو قصد انو هو مصدر القيامة و الوحيد البخلي الناس يرجعوا للحياة تاني. * When Jesus said, “I am the Resurrection and the Life” he meant that he is the source of resurrection, and the one who causes people to come back to life.

مقتراحات الترجمة:

Translation Suggestions:

"قيامة شخص" يمكن يترجم زي "رجع للحياة" او "هو بقى حي مرة تاني بعد موته". * A person’s “resurrection” could be translated as his “coming back to life” or his “becoming alive again after being dead.”

المعنى الحرفي للكلمة دا هو "قيام" او عملية القيام(من الاموات)" دا ممكن يكون طرق تانية لترجمة الكلمة دي. * The literal meaning of this word is “a rising up” or “the act of being raised (from the dead).” These would be other possible ways to translate this term.

(See also: life, death, raise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

21:14 Through the Messiah’s death and resurrection, God would accomplish his plan to save sinners and start the New Covenant.
37:5 Jesus replied, “I am the Resurrection and the Life. Whoever believes in me will live, even though he dies.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: G386, G1454, G1815

كاهن ،كهنوت

التعريف

في الكتاب المقدس الكاهن كان هو الشخص المختار عشان يقدم الذبائح لله نيابة عن شعب الله ."الكهنوت " كان هو اسم المنصب او شرط ان يكون كاهنا .

في العهد القديم ،الله اختار هارون و نسله عشان يكونوا ليهو كهنة لشعب اسرائيل .
كان الكهنوت حق و مسئولية انتقلت من الاب الى الابن في عشيرة اللاويين .
كان الكهنة الاسرائيلين مسئؤولين عن تقديم ذبائح الناس لله مع واجبات تانية في الهيكل
الكهنة برضو بقدموا صلوات منتظمة لله نيابة عن شعبه و بعملوا الطقوس الدينية الاخري
الكهنة اعلنواالبركات الرسمية للناس و علموهم قوانين الله
في زمن يسوع كان في مستويات مختلف من الكهنة،بمن فيهم رئيس الكهنة و الكاهن الاعلى
يسوع هو رئيس كهنتنا العظيم البتشفع من اجلنا في محضر الله ، وهو قدم نفسه كـأعلى ذبيحة من اجل الخطية ،وده بيعني انو ذبيحة الكهنة تاني ما ضروري .
في العهد الجديد ،اي مؤمن بيسوع بسمو "كاهن" البقدر بتشفع لله مباشر من اجل نفسه و الناس الاخرين .
في الاوقات القديمة ،كان في كهنة بتاع الهه كاذبة الكان بقدموا ذبائح لالهه كاذبة زي البعل .

مقترحات الترجمة

علي حسب الحالة ده يمكن ترجمة كلمة "الكاهن" زي "ذبيحة شخص " او "وسيط الله " او "وسيط القربان"او شخص الله عينه عشان يمثلو
ترجمة "الكاهن" يجب ان يكون مختلف من ترجمة "الوسيط"
بعض الترجمات بفضلو دايما يقولوا حاجة زي "الكاهن الاسرائيلي" او "الكاهن اليهودي" او "كاهن يهوه" او "كاهن البعل" ،عشان يكون واضح انو ده ما بمثل الكهنة بتاع ايامنا ده .
الكلمة المستخدم لترجمة "الكاهن " لازم يكون مختلف من الكلمات المترجم ل "رئيس الكهنة" و "الكاهن الاعلى" "لاوي" و "النبي" .

(See also: Aaron, high priest, mediator, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:7 “Melchizedek, the priest of God Most High”
13:9 Anyone who disobeyed God’s law could bring an animal to the altar in front of the Tent of Meeting as a sacrifice to God. A priest would kill the animal and burn it on the altar. The blood of the animal that was sacrificed covered the person’s sin and made that person clean in God’s sight. God chose Moses’ brother, Aaron, and Aaron’s descendants to be his priests.
19:7 So the priests of Baal prepared a sacrifice but did not light the fire.
21:7 An Israelite priest was someone who made sacrifices to God on behalf of the people as a substitute for the punishment of their sins. Priests also prayed to God for the people.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3547, H3548, H3549, H3550, G748, G749, G2405, G2406, G2407, G2409, G2420

كلمة الله، كلمة الحق ، الكلمة الرب ، كلمة يهوه ، الكتاب المقدس

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدس ،الكلمة "كلمة الله" بشير لاي حاجة الله اتكلم بيهو للناس. ده بشمل الكلام والرسائل المكتوبة. يسوع كمان بسموه "كلمة الله". * كلمة "الكتب المقدسة" تعني "كتب". و بستخدمو بس في العهد الجديد ويشير للكتب المقدسةالعبرية ، الهو العهد القديم. والكتب دي كانت رسالة الله القال للناس أنو يكتبوا عشان يقروا في المستقبل لسنوات كتيرة. * الكلمتين مع بعض "كلمة يهوه" و "كلمة الرب" غالبا بشيروا لرسالة معينة من الله اداهو لنبي أو شخص تاني في الكتاب المقدس . * احيانا الكلمة دي بتحصل ببساطة زي "كلمة" أو "كلمتي" أو "كلمتك" (لمن يتكلم عن كلمة الله). * في العهد الجديد ، بسمو يسوع "الكلمة" و "كلمة الله". العناوين ديل بوري يسوع ظهر الله هو منو تماما ، لأنو هو الله نفسه. * العبارة "كلمةالحق" هي طريقة تانية تشير لكلمة الله ، الهي رسالته أو تعليمه. ما بتشير بس لكلمة واحدة. * كلمة الله الحقيقية تشمل كل حاجة الله علم بيهو الناس عن نفسه ، خليقتو ، وخطته الخلاصية من خلال يسوع. * الكلمة دي بتأكد الحقيقة القالو الله لينا هو امين و حقيقي.

مقترحات الترجمة:

على حسب الحالة ، طرق تانية لترجمة الكلمة دي ممكن تشمل "رسالة يهوه" أو "رسالة الله" أو "تعاليم من الله".
ممكن يكون طبيعي في بعض اللغات أنو يخلي الكلمة دي جمع وتقول "كلمات الله" أو "كلمات يهوه".
التعبير " كلمة يهوه جاء" غالبا بستخدمو عشان يقدم حاجة الله كلم بيهو انبياءه او شعبه. ده ممكن يترجمو زي "يهوه اتكلم برسالته" أو " يهوه اتكلم بالكلمات ديل".
كلمة "الكتاب المقدس" أو "الكتب المقدسة" ممكن يترجمو زي "الكتب" أو "رسالة مكتوبة من الله". الكلمة دي لاذم يترجم بشكل مختلف عن ترجمة كلمة "الكلمة".
لمن "الكلمة" تحصل براها وتشير لكلمة الله، يمكن يترجموها زي "الرسالة" أو "كلمة الله" أو "التعاليم". خت في بالك كمان الترجمات البديلة المقترحة فوق.
لمن يشير الكتاب المقدس ليسوع زي "الكلمة" ، ممكن يترجمو الكلمة دي زي "الرسالة" أو "الحقيقة".
"كلمة الحق" ممكن يترجمو زي "رسالة الله الحقيقية" أو "كلمة الله الحقيقية".
من المهم لترجمة الكلمة دي تشمل معنى حقيقي .

(See also: prophet, true, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

25:7 In God’s word he commands his people, “Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.”
33:6 So Jesus explained, “The seed is the word of God.”
42:3 Then Jesus explained to them what God’s word says about the Messiah.
42:7 Jesus said, “I told you that everything written about me in God’s word must be fulfilled.” Then he opened their minds so they could understand God’s word.
45:10 Philip also used other scriptures to tell him the good news of Jesus.
48:12 But Jesus is the greatest prophet of all. He is the Word of God.
49:18 God tells you to pray, to study his word, to worship him with other Christians, and to tell others what he has done for you.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H561, H565, H1697, H3068, G3056, G4487

كنيسة ،الكنيسة الجامعة

تعريف:

في العهد الجديد كلمة "كنيسة" بتشير لمجموعة محلي من المؤمنين بيسوع، البجتمعوا بانتظام للصلاة وبستمعوا لكلام الله الببشرو بيهو. غالبا كلمة "الكنيسة" بتشير لكل المسيحيين. * الكلمة دي حرفيا بتشير لي "نداء" التجمع أو جماعة المؤمنين الاجتمعوا سوا لغرض خاص. * لمن يستخدمو الكلمة دي عشان يشير لجميع المؤمنين في جسد المسيح في كل مكان ، بعض ترجمات الكتاب المقدس بكبرو الحرف الأول ("لـ،الكنيسة") عشان تمييزه من الكنيسة المحلية. * غالبا المؤمنين بيجتمعوا سوا في مدينة معينة في بيت شخص معين. الكنائس المحلية دي بسمو باسم المدينة زي "كنيسة الفي أفسس". * في الكتاب المقدس، "الكنيسة" ما بتشير للمبنى.

مقترحات الترجمة:

كلمة "كنيسة" ممكن يترجمو زي "تجمع سوا" أو "تجمع " أو "جماعة مصلين" أو "المجتمعين سوا".
الكلمة أو العبارة البستخدمو في ترجمة الكلمة دي لازم يشير لكل المؤمنين ما مجموعة صغيرة واحدة بس.
تأكد أنو ترجمة "الكنيسة" ما بتشير لمبنى بس.
الكلمة الاستخدمو لترجمة "التجمع" في العهد القديم ممكن كمان يستخدمو لترجمة الكلمة دي.
خت كمان في الاعتبار كيف ترجموه في الترجمة المحلية أو الوطنية للكتاب المقدس. (راجع: كيف تترجم المجهول.)

(See also: assembly, believe, Christian)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

43:12 About 3,000 people believed what Peter said and became disciples of Jesus. They were baptized and became part of the church at Jerusalem.
46:9 Most of the people in Antioch were not Jews, but for the first time, very many of them also became believers. Barnabas and Saul went there to teach these new believers more about Jesus and to strengthen the church.
46:10 So the church in Antioch prayed for Barnabas and Saul and placed their hands on them. Then they sent them off to preach the good news of Jesus in many other places.
47:13 The good news of Jesus kept spreading, and the Church kept growing.
50:1 For almost 2,000 years, more and more people around the world have been hearing the good news about Jesus the Messiah. The Church has been growing.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G1577

لعنة,ملعون ،لعن,

تعريف

كلمة "اللعنة" معناه تكون سبب لحاجة كعبة يحصل لشخص او الحاجة الملعون

لعنة يمكن يكون "كلام او عبارة البوري انو في حاجة كعبة ماشي يحصل لشخص او حاجة
لتلعن انسان يمكن برضو يكون تعبير لنية عن حاجات كعبة ماشي يحصل ليهم
برضو يمكن يوري عقوبة او اي حاجة كعبة سببو انسان لأنسان اخر

اقتراحات الترجمة

الكلمة ده يمكن يترجم زي "سبب حاجة كعبة يحصل ل" او " اعلن حاجة كعبة ماشي يحصل ل" او "حلف لحاجة شريرة عشان يحدث ل"
في التعبير الله رسل اللعنات لشعبه المتمرد ، يمكن ترجمته زي "عاقبهم بأنو خلى الحاجات الكعبة تحصل"
كلمة"ملعون" لمن يستخدم لوصف الناس يمكن يترجم زي " (الأنسان ده) حيواجه متاعب كتيرة.
عبارة"يكون ملعون" يمكن ترجمته زي" ياريت( الأنسان ده) يواجهة صعوبات كبيرة"
عبارة"ملعون هي الأرض" يمكن ترجمته زي "التربة ما بكون منتج تمام"
على هي حال لو اللغة المقصود ليهو عبارة "كون ملعون" عندو نفس المعنى, بكون كويس نخلي نفسي العبارة.

(See also: bless)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

2:9 God said to the snake, “You are cursed!”
2:11 “Now the ground is cursed, and you will need to work hard to grow food.”
4:4 “I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you.”
39:7 Then Peter vowed, saying, “May God curse me if I know this man!”
50:16 Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into this world, God cursed it and decided to destroy it.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H422, H423, H779, H1288, H2763, H2764, H3994, H5344, H6895, H7043, H7045, H7621, H8381, G331, G332, G685, G1944, G2551, G2652, G2653, G2671, G2672, G6035

متواضع ،بتواضع ،التواضع

التعريف:

كلمة "متواضع" بوري الزول الما بشوف نفسه أحسن من الناس التانيين. هو ما فخور أَو متكبر. تصغير النفس ده نوع من التواضع.

عشان تكون متواضع قدام الله معناه يفهم الشخص ضعفه ونقصانه مقارنه بعظمة الله وحكمته وكماله.
لمن الشخص يتواضع ، بخت نفسه في موقف أقل أهمية.
التواضع هو الاهتمام باحتياجات التانين أكتر من احتياجاته الخاصة .
التواضع برضو بيعني التعامل مع الموقف بتواضع لمن يستخدم الشخص مواهبه وقدراته.
عبارة "كون متواضع" يمكن يترجمو زي "ما تكون فخور".
"تواضع قدام الله" يمكن يترجمو زي "قدم إرادتك لله معترف بعظمته".

(See also: proud)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
34:10 “God will humble everyone who is proud, and he will lift up whoever humbles himself.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1792, H3665, H6031, H6035, H6038, H6041, H6800, H6819, H7511, H7807, H7812, H8213, H8214, H8215, H8217, H8467, G0858, G4236, G4239, G4240, G5011, G5012, G5013, G5391

مذبح

التعريف

المذبح ده شكل بنيان مرفوع ،كان الاسرائيلين بيحرقوا فيهو الحيوانات و الحبوب كتقدمة لله

خلال فترات الكتاب المقدس كان المذابح البسيطة بعملو من الطين او وضع الحجارة الكبيرة مع بعض بشكل منظم لعمل كومة ثابتة .
بعض المذابح الخاصة على شكل صندوق ،مصنوع من الخشب ومغطى بالمعادن زي الدهب والنحاس والبرونز
بعض مجموعات من الناس الكانوا ساكنين جنب الاسرائيلين بنوا مذابح برضوا لتقديم الزبائح لألهتم .

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

3:14 After Noah got off the boat, he built an altar and sacrificed some of each kind of animal which could be used for a sacrifice.
5:8 When they reached the place of sacrifice, Abraham tied up his son Isaac and laid him on an altar.
13:9 A priest would kill the animal and burn it on the altar.
16:6 He (Gideon) built a new altar dedicated to God near where the altar to the idol used to be and made a sacrifice to God on it.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H741, H2025, H4056, H4196, G1041, G2379

مسيح , سيد المسيح

حقائق:

كلمات"المسيح" و "سيدالمسيح" بيعنو " الممسوح" ويشير ليسوع ،ابن الله.

الكلمتين "المسيح" و "سيدالمسيح" استخدموهم في العهد الجديد عشان يشير لابن الله ،العينه الله الأب عشان يحكم كملك على شعبه وينقذهم من الخطية والموت.
في العهد القديم ، الانبياء كتبوا نبوءات عن المسيح قبل ميات السنين من جيتو للارض .
مرات كتيرة كلمة "الممسوح" تستخدم في العهد القديم عشان يشير للمسيح الجاي.
يسوع حقق كتير من النبوءات دي وعمل كتير من المعجزات البتثبت أنو هو المسيح ؛ وبقية النبوءات دي حيتحقق لمن يرجع.
كلمة "المسيح"كتير بستخدمو كعنوان ، زي في "المسيح" و "المسيح يسوع".
"المسيح" جاء برضوا عشان يستخدم زي جزء من اسمه ، زي في "يسوع المسيح".

اقترحات:

ممكن يترجمو العبارة دى باستخدام معناه ، "الممسوح" أو " مخلص الله الممسوح".
لغات كتير بتستخدم كلمة مترجمة البتشاف أو بتسمع زي "المسيح" أو "سيد المسيح". (انظر: [كيف تترجم الغير معروف ] (rc ://en/ta/man/الترجمة/الترجمة غير معروفة))
الكلمة المترجمة يمكن يتبعو تعريف الكلمة زي في ، "المسيح ، الممسوح".
تكون ثابت في كيفية ترجمةالكلمة دا في الكتاب المقدس كله عشان يكون واضح وبنفس الكلمة البشير ليه.
تأكد أنو ترجمات "المسيح" و "السيدالمسيح" تعمل بشكل كويس في الحالات ويكون كل من الكلمتين في نفس الاصحاح (مثل يوحنا 1:41).

(See also: How to Translate Names)

(See also: Son of God, David, Jesus, anoint)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:7 The Messiah was God’s Chosen One who would save the people of the world from sin.
17:8 As it happened, the Israelites would have to wait a long time before the Messiah came, almost 1,000 years.
21:1 From the very beginning, God planned to send the Messiah.
21:4 God promised King David that the Messiah would be one of David’s own descendants.
21:5 The Messiah would start the New Covenant.
21:6 God’s prophets also said that the Messiah would be a prophet, a priest, and a king.
21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
43:7 “But God raised him to life again to fulfill the prophecy which says, ‘You will not let your Holy One rot in the grave.’”
43:9 “But know for certain that God has caused Jesus to become both Lord and Messiah!”
43:11 Peter answered them, “Every one of you should repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ so that God will forgive your sins.”
46:6 Saul reasoned with the Jews, proving that Jesus was the Messiah.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4899, G3323, G5547

مسيحي

تعريف:

بعد فترة من رجوع يسوع لسماء ، الناس الفوا اسم "مسيحي" البيعني "تابع المسيح". * كان في مدينة أنطاكية المكان السموا فيهو أتباع يسوع لأول مرة "مسيحيين". * المسيحي ده الشخص البؤمن أنو يسوع هو ابن الله وبثق بيسوع عشان يخلصه من خطاياه. * في زمنا الحالي ، غالبًا ما يستخدم كلمة "مسيحي" عشان يشير للشخص البيتطابق مع الدين المسيحي ، و لكن هو بالحقيقة ما بتبع المسيح. ده ما معنى كلمة "مسيحي" في الكتاب المقدس. * لانو كلمة "مسيحي" في الكتاب المقدس بتشير للشخص البيؤمن بيسوع باالحقيقة ،كمان المسيحي بسمو "مؤمن".

مقترحات الترجمة:

الكلمة دي ممكن يترجموها زي "تابع المسيح" أو "تابع للمسيح" أو حاجة زي ، "شخص المسيح".
تأكد انو ترجمة الكلمة دي مترجم بشكل مختلف عن الكلمات المستخدمة للتلميذ أو الرسول.
انتبه انو تترجم الكلمة دي بكلمة الممكن تشير لاي شخص البيؤمن بيسوع ، ما مجموعات معينة بس .
خت كمان في اعتبارك كيف تترجم الكلمة دي في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس إلى لغة محلية أو وطنية. (شوف: كيف تترجم المجهول)

(See also: Antioch, Christ, church, disciple, believe, Jesus, Son of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

46:9 It was at Antioch that believers in Jesus were first called “Christians.”
47:14 Paul and other Christian leaders traveled to many cities, preaching and teaching people the good news about Jesus.
49:15 If you believe in Jesus and what he has done for you, you are a Christian!
49:16 If you are a Christian, God has forgiven your sins because of what Jesus did.
49:17 Even though you are a Christian, you will still be tempted to sin.
50:3 Before he returned to heaven, Jesus told Christians to proclaim the good news to people who have never heard it.
50:11 When Jesus returns, every Christian who has died will rise from the dead and meet him in the sky.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G5546

معجزة, عجب, علامة

تعريف:

"المعجزة" دي حاجة عجيبة مامكن تحصل الا الله يتسبب فيها.

أمثلة للمعجزات العملو يسوع تشمل تهدئة العاصفة و شفاء راجل أعمى.
معجزات أحيانًا اسمو "عجائب" لانو بخلي الناس يكونو مليانين بالاعجوبة او الاستغراب .
كلمة "عجب" يمكن برضو يشير بشكل عام لمنظر مدهش لقوة الله، زي مثلآ لمن هو خلق السماء و الأرض.
معجزات برضو يمكن يسمو "علامات" عشان بستخدموها كموشرات أو دليل لكل قوة الله العندو سلطة كاملة على كل الدنيا.
بعض المعجزات كانت من أعمال الله الفدائي، زي لمن هو أنقذ شعب إسرائيل من العبودية في مصر و لمن هو حمى دانيال من الأسود عشان ما يأذوه.
العجائب التانية من كانت أعمال دينونة الله، زي لمن هو رسل طوفان عالمي في زمن نوح و لمن هو جاب الضربات الفظيعة لأرض مصر في زمن موسى.
كتير من معجزات الله كانت الشفاء الجسدي للناس العيانين أو يرجع الحياة للناس الميتين.
قوة الله ظهر في يسوع لمن شفى الناس و هدا العواصف، مشى على الموية،قوم الناس من الأموات. ديل كانو كل معجزات.
الله برضو سمح للأنبياء والرسل عشان ينفذوا معجزات شفاء والحاجات التانية الكانت فقط ممكنة بواسطة قوة الله.

مقترحات الترجمة:

الترجمات المحتملة "للمعجزات" او "العجائب" ممكن يشمل "الحاجات المستحيلة العملها الله" او "قوة اعمال الله" او "اعمال الله العجيبة".
التعبير المتكرر "علامات وعجائب" يمكن يترجمو زي "اثباتات و معجزات" أو "أعمال معجزية البتثبت قوة الله" أو "معجزات عجيبة بتوري قدر كيف الله عظيم.
احظ أنو المعنى ده من العلامة المعجزية بختلف عن العلامة البثبت او دليل لحاجة معين . يمكن الاثنين ديل يكونو, مرتبطين .

(See also: power, prophet, apostle, sign)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

16:8 Gideon asked God for two signs so he could be sure that God would use him to save Israel.
19:14 God did many miracles through Elisha.
37:10 Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle.
43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”
49:2 Jesus did many miracles that prove he is God. He walked on water, calmed storms, healed many sick people, drove out demons, raised the dead to life, and turned five loaves of bread and two small fish into enough food for over 5,000 people.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H226, H852, H2368, H2858, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5251, H5824, H5953, H6381, H6382, H6383, H6395, H6725, H7560, H7583, H8047, H8074, H8539, H8540, G880, G1213, G1229, G1411, G1569, G1718, G1770, G1839, G2285, G2296, G2297, G3167, G3902, G4591, G4592, G5059

مغفرة ،تسامح ،السماح ،عفوا ،عفا .

التعريف:

أن تغفر لزول تاني ،معناه ما تشيل ليهو غضب جواك حتى لو عمل ليك حاجة مضرة . "مسامحة" هي عملية المغفرة لشخص ما.

مسامحة زول تاني غالبا بيعني ما نعاقب الشخص داك على خطأ عملو .
يمكن استخدام الكلمة ده مجازياً عشان يعني "إلغاء" ، زي في عبارة "عفو الدين" .
لمن الناس يعترفوا بخطاياهم ،الله بغفر ليهم على اساس موت يسوع الفدائي على الصليب .
علم يسوع تلاميذه أنو يغفروا للآخرين زي ما غفر ليهم.
كلمة "عفو" تعني نسامح وما نعاقب شخص على خطيته.
الكلمة دي عندها نفس معنى ل"يسامح" لكن ممكن تشمل برضو معنى قرار شكلي بعدم معاقبة شخص مذنب .
في محكمة القانون ، ممكن القاضي يعفي الشخص الثبتوا عليه الجريمة .
برغم انو نحن مذنبين بالخطية ، يسوع المسيح عفانا من عقاب الجحيم ، على حسب موته الفدائي على الصليب .

ترجمات اخرى:

على حسب السياق ، يمكن يترجم "يسامح" زي "يعفي" أو "يلغي" أو "يحرر" أو "ما يتمسك بحاجة" (لشخص ما).
يمكن ترجمة كلمة"المسامحة" بكلمة أو عبارة تعني "ممارسة عدم الاستياء" أو "إعلان (شخص ما) بأنه غير مذنب" أو "فعل العفو".
لو اللغة عندها كلمة لقرار رسمي بالمسامحة ، يمكن استخدامها لترجمة "العفو" .

(See also: guilt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

7:10 But Esau had already forgiven Jacob, and they were happy to see each other again.
13:15 Then Moses climbed the mountain again and prayed that God would forgive the people. God listened to Moses and forgave them.
17:13 David repented of his sin and God forgave him.
21:5 In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins.
29:1 One day Peter asked Jesus, “Master, how many times should I forgive my brother when he sins against me?”
29:8 I forgave your debt because you begged me.
38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins.”

Word Data:

H5546, H5547, H3722, H5375, H5545, H5547, H7521, G859, G863, G5483

مقدس, قداسة, غير مقدس, مقدس

تعريف

كلمة "مقدس" و "القداسة" يوري الي صفات الله الكامل المعزول تمامآ و المنفصل من اي شيء نجس و غير تام

الله براه الكامل القداسةس, و هو بخلي الناس و الأشياء مقدس
الأنسان المقدس هو خاص لله و بكون مفصول لاهداف خدمة الله و مجده
الحاجة الله اعلنو المقدس وده الحاجة الله خصصو لخدمتو و مجده, لأستخدام, زي المذبح لهدف لتقديم الذبائح له
الناس ما بقدروا بقربوا منو الأ اذا هو سمح لهم, عشان هو قدوس و هم فقط ناس, خطاء و غيرأو كاملين
في العهد القديم الله خصص الكهنة كناس مقدسين لخدمة الخاصة, ليكونو رسميآ طاهرين من الخطياء عشان يتقربو من الله
الله برضو خصص بعض الأماكن المقدس و الحاجات التابع ليهو لمن خلالو يظهر نفسة, زي الهيكل بتاعو

حرفيا, كلمة "غير مقدس" يعني "ما مقدس". و بوري انسان أو شيئ ما بكرم الله.

الكلمة ده بستخدموا عشان يوصفوا بيهو الأنسان الما بكرم الله او البتمرد ضد الله
الحاجة البسموها "ما مقدس " يمكن نوصفوا بحاجة عام دنس النجس .او ما تابع لله

كلمة "مقدسة "بوري حاجة العندو علاقة بعبادة الله او عبادة عوثن او لالهه الغير كازبة .

في العهد القديم كلمة "مقدسة" كان كتير بوري بيهو الاعمدة الحجرية والاشياء بستخدوا في عبادة وثني لالهه الكازبة .ويمكن برضو يترجموا زي الديانة
الاغاني المقدسة و الموسيقة المقدسة بوري للموسيقة البغنو لتمجيد الله .وده يمكن يترجموا بالموسيقة او ترانيم عبادة يهوه او الترانيم البسبح الله
عبارة "الواجبات المقدسة" بوري "الواجبات الدينية" او "العادات و التقليد" البيقوم به الكاهن لقيادة الناس في عبادة الله. يمكن أن يوري أبرضو إلى العادات و التقاليد البيؤديها كاهن الوثني لعبادة الألهه الكازبة

اقتراحات الترجمة

طرق ترجمة كلمة "مقدس" يمكن يضم "مكرس لله" أو "تباع لله" أو "طاهر تمامآ" أو "بدون خطيئة تمامآ" أو " منفصل من الخطية"
لتكون "مقدس" دايما بترجم "كتقديس " في اللغة الإنجليزية. يمكن يترجم برضو بانو تكريس الأنسان لمجد الله
طرق ترجمة كلمة "غير مقدس "يمكن يشمل "ما مقدس " او ما تابع لله او ما ممجد لله او ما عندو ايمان
فبي بعض التعبيرات كلمة غير مقدس بترجم "كنجس "

(See also: Holy Spirit, consecrate, sanctify, set apart)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

1:16 He (God) blessed the seventh day and made it holy, because on this day he rested from his work.
9:12 “You are standing on holy ground.”
13:1 “If you will obey me and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
13:5 “Always be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy.”
22:5 “So the baby will be holy, the Son of God.”
50:2 As we wait for Jesus to return, God wants us to live in a way that is holy and that honors him.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H430, H2455, H2623, H4676, H4720, H6918, H6922, H6942, H6944, H6948, G37, G38, G39, G40, G41, G42, G462, G1859, G2150, G2412, G2413, G2839, G3741, G3742

ملاك, رئيس الملاك

تعريف

الملاك هو كائن روحي قوي الخلقه الله . الملائكة موجودين عشان يخدموا الله بعمل اي حاجة هو بقول ليهم يعملوا .كلمة "رئيس الملاك "بوري الملاك الحاكم او القائد لكل الملائكة

كلمة"ملاك" حرفيآ بيعني"رسول"
”كلمة "رئيس الملائكة" حرفيا بيعني "الرسول الرئيس ". الملاك الوحيد المزكور في الكتاب المقدس بـ "رئيس الملائكة" هو ميخائيل
في الكتاب المقدس ، الملائكة بدو رسائل من الله للناس. الرسائل ديل بشمل التوجيهات عن كل حاجات الله داير الناس يعملو .
الملائكة برضو بكلموا الناس بالاحداث الماشي يحصل في المستقبل او الحاجات الحصلت خلاص.
الملائكة عندهم سلطان الله زي ممثلين له و مرات في الكتاب المقدس بتكلموا زي الله بنفسه البتكلم.
طرق تانية الملاك بخدم بيهو الله هي ،حماية و تقوية الناس
تعبير خاصة "ملاك يهوه"، ممكن عنده اكتر من معني واحدة: (1) يمكن تعني "الملاك البمثل يهوه" او " المرسل البخدم يهوه".: (2) يمكن يوري يهوه نفسه، البيشبه الملاك زي هو كلم لأنسان. واحد من المعنيين ده يوري شرح استخدام الملاك "انا" زيما كان يهوه نفسه يتكلم.

اقتراحات الترجمة

طرق ترجمة "ملاك" يمكن يشمل "رسول من الله" او "خادم الله السماوي" او " روح الله المرسل"
كلمة "رئيس الملائكة" يمكن ترجمته زي "رئيس الملائكة" او "حاكم الملائكة" او "قائد الملائكة"
برضو خت في الاعتبار كيف يترجم الكلمات ده في اللغات القومية او اللغات المحلية الاحرى .
تعبير ملاك "يهوه "يمكن يترجم باستخدام كلمات "ملاك" و "يهوه"العبارة ده بسمح لترجمات مختلفة ، الترجمات الممكن يشمل :"ملاك من الله "ملاك من بهوه" "ملاك مرسل من يهوه" او "يهوه يظهر كملاك "

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: chief, head, messenger, Michael, ruler, servant)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

2:12 God placed large, powerful angels at the entrance to the garden to keep anyone from eating the fruit of the tree of life.
22:3 The angel responded to Zechariah, “I was sent by God to bring you this good news.”
23:6 Suddenly, a shining angel appeared to them (the shepherds), and they were terrified. The angel said, “Do not be afraid, because I have some good news for you.”
23:7 Suddenly, the skies were filled with angels praising God.
25:8 Then angels came and took care of Jesus.
38:12 Jesus was very troubled and his sweat was like drops of blood. God sent an angel to strengthen him.
38:15 “I could ask the Father for an army of angels to defend me.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H47, H430, H4397, H4398, H8136, G32, G743, G2465

ملك اليهود

<<<<<<< HEAD

تعريف:

كلمة "ملك اليهود" هو عنوان البشير ليسوع, المسيا. * اول مرة يسجل الكتاب المقدس العنوان ده لمن استخدموا بواسطة الرجال الحكماء السافروا لبيت لحم يفتشوا الجنى البكون "ملك اليهود". * الملاك اعلن لمريم عن ابنها, من نسل داود الملك, حيكون الملك البيحكم الى الأبد. * قبل ما يصلبوا يسوع , جنود الرومان نادوا يسوع سخرية, "ملك اليهود." العنوان دا كان كتبوا كمان على قطعة خشب و دقوا فوق على صليب يسوع. * بالحقيقة يسوع هو ملك اليهود و ملك لكل الخليقة.

مقترحات الترجمة:

كلمة "ملك اليهود" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "ملك على اليهود" او "ملك البيحكم على اليهود" او "الحاكم الأعلى لليهود".
راجع عشان تشوف كيف عبارة "ملك ال" مترجم في مكان تاني في الترجمة.

King of the Jews

تعريف:

Definition:

كلمة "ملك اليهود" هو عنوان البشير ليسوع, المسيا. The term “King of the Jews” is a title that refers to Jesus, the Messiah.

اول مرة يسجل الكتاب المقدس العنوان ده لمن استخدموا بواسطة الرجال الحكماء السافروا لبيت لحم يفتشوا الجنى البكون "ملك اليهود". * The first time the Bible records this title is when it was used by the wise men who traveled to Bethlehem looking for the baby who was “King of the Jews.”

الملاك اعلن لمريم عن ابنها, من نسل داود الملك, حيكون الملك البيحكم الى الأبد. * The angel revealed to Mary that her son, a descendant of King David, would be a king whose reign would last forever.

قبل ما يصلبوا يسوع , جنود الرومان نادوا يسوع سخرية, "ملك اليهود." العنوان دا كان كتبوا كمان على قطعة خشب و دقوا فوق على صليب يسوع. * Before Jesus was crucified, Roman soldiers mockingly called Jesus “King of the Jews.” This title was also written on a piece of wood and nailed to the top of Jesus’ cross.

بالحقيقة يسوع هو ملك اليهود و ملك لكل الخليقة. * Jesus truly is the King of the Jews and the king over all creation.

مقترحات الترجمة:

Translation Suggestions:

كلمة "ملك اليهود" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "ملك على اليهود" او "ملك البيحكم على اليهود" او "الحاكم الأعلى لليهود". * The term “King of the Jews” could also be translated as “king over the Jews” or “king who rules over the Jews” or “supreme ruler of the Jews.”

راجع عشان تشوف كيف عبارة "ملك ال" مترجم في مكان تاني في الترجمة. * Check to see how the phrase “king of” is translated in other places in the translation.

(See also: descendant, Jew, Jesus, king, kingdom, kingdom of God, wise men)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

23:9 Some time later, wise men from countries far to the east saw an unusual star in the sky. They realized it meant a new king of the Jews was born.
39:9 Pilate asked Jesus, “Are you the King of the Jews?”
39:12 The Roman soldiers whipped Jesus and put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him. Then they mocked him by saying, “Look, the King of the Jews!”
40:2 Pilate commanded that they write, “King of the Jews” on a sign and put it on the cross above Jesus’ head.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G935, G2453

<<<<<<< HEAD

ملكوت السموات ،ملكوت الله

التعريف:

الكلمات "ملكوت الله" و "ملكوت السموات" الاتنين بشيروا لحكم الله و سلطانه على شعبه وعلى كل الخليقة. * اليهود عادة بستخدموا كلمة "السماء" عشان يشيروا لله ، ليتجنبوا انو يقولوا اسمه مباشر. (انظر: [الكناية] (rc: // en / ta / man / translate / figs-metonymy)) * في كتاب العهد الجديد الكتبو متى ، أشار لملكوت الله "كملكوت السماوات" ، ممكن لأنه اساسا كان بكتب للجمهور اليهودي. * ملكوت الله بشير لحكم الله على الناس روحياً زي ما بيحكم كمان على العالم المادي. * أنبياء العهد القديم قالوا إنو الله حيرسل المسيا عشان يحكم بالبر. يسوع ، ابن الله ، هو المسيا الحيحكم ملكوت الله للأبد.

مقترحات الترجمة:

على حسب الحالة ، "ملكوت الله" ممكن يترجمو زي "حكم الله ( كملك)" أو "لمن الله يحكم كملك" أو "حكم الله على كل حاجة".
كلمة "ملكوت السموات" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "الله بحكم من السماء كملك" او "الله من السماء بيحكم" او"حكم السماء" او "السماء بيحكم على كل حاجة" لو ده ما ممكن يترجمو ببساطة ووضوح ، يمكن يترجمو بدل ده بعبارة "ملكوت الله".
بعض المترجمين ممكن يفضلوا كتابة "السماء" بالحروف الكبيرة عشان يوري أنو بتشير لله. وتانيين ممكن يعملوا ملحوطة في النص ، زي "ملكوت السماوات (الهو" ملكوت الله ").
ملحوظة تحت في صفحة الكتاب المقدس المطبوع يمكن كمان يستخدم عشان يشرح معنى "السماء" في التعبير ده.

#ملكوت السموات ،ملكوت الله

kingdom of God, kingdom of heaven

التعريف

Definition:

الكلمات "ملكوت الله" و "ملكوت السموات" الاتنين بشيروا لحكم الله و سلطانه على شعبه وعلى كل الخليقة. The terms “kingdom of God” and “kingdom of heaven” both refer to God’s rule and authority over his people and over all creation.

اليهود عادة بستخدموا كلمة "السماء" عشان يشيروا لله ، ليتجنبوا انو يقولوا اسمه مباشر. (انظر: [الكناية] (rc: // en / ta / man / translate / figs-metonymy))
The Jews often used the term “heaven” to refer to God, to avoid saying his name directly. (See: metonymy)
في كتاب العهد الجديد الكتبو متى ، أشار لملكوت الله "كملكوت السماوات" ، ممكن لأنه اساسا كان بكتب للجمهور اليهودي.
In the New Testament book that Matthew wrote, he referred to God’s kingdom as “the kingdom of heaven,” probably because he was writing primarily for a Jewish audience.
ملكوت الله بشير لحكم الله على الناس روحياً زي ما بيحكم كمان على العالم المادي.
The kingdom of God refers to God ruling people spiritually as well as ruling over the physical world.
أنبياء العهد القديم قالوا إنو الله حيرسل المسيا عشان يحكم بالبر. يسوع ، ابن الله ، هو المسيا الحيحكم ملكوت الله للأبد.
The Old Testament prophets said that God would send the Messiah to rule with righteousness. Jesus, the Son of God, is the Messiah who will rule over God’s kingdom forever.

مقترحات الترجمة

Translation Suggestions:

على حسب الحالة ، "ملكوت الله" ممكن يترجمو زي "حكم الله ( كملك)" أو "لمن الله يحكم كملك" أو "حكم الله على كل حاجة".
Depending on the context, “kingdom of God” can be translated as “God’s rule (as king)” or “when God reigns as king” or “God’s rule over everything.”

*كلمة "ملكوت السموات" ممكن كمان يترجمو زي "الله بحكم من السماء كملك" او "الله من السماء بيحكم" او"حكم السماء" او "السماء بيحكم على كل حاجة" لو ده ما ممكن يترجمو ببساطة ووضوح ، يمكن يترجمو بدل ده بعبارة "ملكوت الله". * The term “kingdom of heaven” could also be translated as “God’s rule from heaven as king” or “God in heaven reigning” or “heaven’s reign” or “heaven ruling over everything.” If it is not possible to translate this simply and clearly, the phrase “kingdom of God” could be translated instead.

بعض المترجمين ممكن يفضلوا كتابة "السماء" بالحروف الكبيرة عشان يوري أنو بتشير لله. وتانيين ممكن يعملوا ملحوطة في النص ، زي "ملكوت السماوات (الهو" ملكوت الله ").
Some translators may prefer to capitalize “Heaven” to show that it refers to God. Others may include a note in the text, such as “kingdom of heaven (that is, ‘kingdom of God’).”

*ملحوظة تحت في صفحة الكتاب المقدس المطبوع يمكن كمان يستخدم عشان يشرح معنى "السماء" في التعبير ده. * A footnote at the bottom of the page of a printed Bible may also be used to explain the meaning of “heaven” in this expression.

(See also: God, heaven, king, kingdom, King of the Jews, reign)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

24:2 He (John) preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!”
28:6 Then Jesus said to his disciples, “It is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! Yes, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.”
29:2 Jesus said, “The kingdom of God is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants.”
34:1 Jesus told many other stories about the kingdom of God. For example, he said, “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed that someone planted in his field.”
34:3 Jesus told another story, “The kingdom of God is like yeast that a woman mixes into some bread dough until it spreads throughout the dough.”
34:4 “The kingdom of God is also like hidden treasure that someone hid in a field.. Another man found the treasure and then buried it again.”
34:5 “The kingdom of God is also like a perfect pearl of great value.”
42:9 He proved to his disciples in many ways that he was alive, and he taught them about the kingdom of God.
49:5 Jesus said that the kingdom of God is more valuable than anything else in the world.
50:2 When Jesus was living on earth he said, “My disciples will preach the good news about the kingdom of God to people everywhere in the world, and then the end will come.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: G932, G2316, G3772

نبي، نبوة، تنبأ، رائي ، نبية

تعريف

" النبي" هو الراجل البكلم الناس برسائل الله. المراة البتعمل كده تسمى "نبية".

غالبآ الأنبياء بحزروا الناس عشان يرجعو من طريق خطاياهم و يطيعوا الله .
"النبوة" دي الرسالة البقولها النبي. "تتنبا" معناه تتكلم برسائل الله.
غالبآ رسالة النبوة بتكون عن حاجة بتحصل في المستقبل.
نبوءات كتيرة في العهد القديم اتحققت بالفعل.
في الكتاب المقدس مجموعة من الكتب المكتوبه بواسطة الأنبياء مرات بشير لاسماء"الانبياء".
زي مثلآ، عبارة "الناموس والأنبياء" هي طريقة بتوري جميع الكتب العبرية، المعروفة برضو بأسم " العهد القديم"
الكلمة القديمة لنبي كان "رائي" او "شخص الرائي".
احيانآ كلمة "رائي" بتوري النبي الكازب او الشخص البمارس السحر.

مقترحات الترجمة

كلمة "النبي" يمكن يترجمو زي "المتكلم بأسم الله" او راجل يتكلم بأسم الله" او " راجل يتكلم برسائل الله".
"الرائي" يمكن يترجمو زي "شخص يرى رؤيا" او "رجل يشوف المستقبل من الله".
كلمة "نبية" يمكن ترجمته زي "المتكلمة باسم الله" او "المراة البتكلم باسم الله" او "المراة البتكلم برسائل الله".
طرق ترجمة "النبوة"يمكن تشمل "رسالة من الله" او "رسالة نبوية".
كلمة "نبوة" يمكن ترجمته زي "تكلم بكلمات من الله" او "وري رسالة الله".
التعبير المجازي "القانون و الأنبياء" يمكن برضو ترجمته زي "كتب الشريعة و الأنبياء" او "كل ما كتب عن الله و شعبه، يشمل شريعة الله و انبيائه".
لمن يشير النبي (او رائي) للأله الكازب، ممكن من الضروري يترجم زي "نبي(رائي) الكازب" او "نبي(رائي) لأله كازب" او "نبي البعل, مثلآ".
رؤيا,شريعة, وفاء, نبي كذاب, إله كاذب, عرافة, بعل

(See also: Baal, divination, false god, false prophet, fulfill, law, vision)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
17:13 God was very angry about what David had done, so he sent the prophet Nathan to tell David how evil his sin was.
19:1 Throughout the history of the Israelites, God sent them prophets. The prophets heard messages from God and then told the people God’s messages.
19:6 All the people of the entire kingdom of Israel, including the 450 prophets of Baal, came to Mount Carmel.
19:17 Most of the time, the people did not obey God. They often mistreated the prophets and sometimes even killed them.
21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
43:5 “This fulfills the prophecy made by the prophet Joel in which God said, ‘In the last days, I will pour out my Spirit.’”
43:7 “This fulfills the prophecy which says, ‘You will not let your Holy One rot in the grave.’”
48:12 Moses was a great prophet who proclaimed the word of God. But Jesus is the greatest prophet of all. He is the Word of God.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2372, H2374, H4853, H5012, H5013, H5016, H5017, H5029, H5030, H5031, H5197, G2495, G4394, G4395, G4396, G4397, G4398, G5578

هيكل, بيت, بيت الله

حقائق:

كان الهيكل مبنى مسور من حوله بحييط و هي المكان الأسرائيليين بيجوا عشان يصلوا و يقدموا الذبائح لله. كان بيقع على جبل موريا في مدينة اورشليم.

غالبآ كلمة "الهيكل" بوري المعبد بالكامل، حتى الهوش حول المبنى الأساسي. مرات بوري المبنى فقط .
مبنى الهيكل عندو اتنين غرف .القدس و قدس الاقداس.
الله بشير للهيكل زي مكانه البسكن فيه.
الملك سليمان بنى الهيكل في زمن حكمه. كان مفروض يكون مكان العبادة الدائمة في اورشليم.
في العهد الجديد، كلمة "هيكل الروح القدس" استخدمو عشان يوري المؤمنين بيسوع كمجموعة، لأن الروح القدس ساكن فيهم.

مقترحات الترجمة:

عادة لمن يقول النص ان الناس كانوا "في المعبد"، بيشير الى المساحة خارج المبنى. ده يمكن يترجمو زي "في ساحة المعبد" او "في مجمع المعبد".
لمن يشير بالتحديد للمبنى نفسه، بعض الترحمات بترجمو "المعبد" زي "مبنى المعبد"، عشان يكون المرجع واضح.
طرق ترجمة "هيكل" يمكن يشمل, " بيت الله المقدس" او "مكان العبادة المقدسة".
غالبآ في الكتاب المقدس, الهيكل بشير ل "بيت يهوه" او "بيت الله".

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials. Instead of at the Tent of Meeting, people now worshiped God and offered sacrifices to him at the Temple. God came and was present in the Temple, and he lived there with his people.
20:7 They (Babylonians) captured the city of Jerusalem, destroyed the Temple, and took away all the treasures.
20:13 When the people arrived in Jerusalem, they rebuilt the Temple and the wall around the city of the city and the Temple.
25:4 Then Satan took Jesus to the highest point on the Temple and said, “If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down, for it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’”
40:7 When he died, there was an earthquake and the large curtain that separated the people from the presence of God in the Temple was torn in two, from the top to the bottom.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1004, H1964, H1965, G1493, G2411, G3485

ولد

التعريف

بسموا نسل الرجل و المراه بولدهم طول حياته ،و بسمو برضو ولد الرجل ده و ولد المراة ده .الولد المتبنى هو ذكر تم وضعه بالقانون في موقع الولد .

عبارة "ولد من " يمكن يستخدم لمعرفة ابو الشخص ،امو او جدو من الجيل السابق .العبارة ده مستخدم في الانساب و مناطق اخري
"اولاد اسرائيل" هم دايما شعب اسرائيل (بعد التكوين )
استخدام "ولد من" بساعد انو يدي نفس الاب في كتير من الاحيان في تمييز الاشخاص البحملو نفس الاسم زي مثلا "عزريا ولد صادوق" و "عزريا ولد ناثان" في ملوك الاول 4 و عزريا ولد امصيا في ملوك الثاني 15 ديل تلاتة رجال مختلفين .
يمكن استخدام عبارة "ولد" عشان نربط شخص بأي شخص تاني او مفهوم بجي بعد ده . وبعداك بتم تحديد المعنى الى حد كبير من خلال التعبير ،يمكن انو يكون ايجابيا زي في ملوك الثاني 2:16 ،"اولاد القدرة" سلبي، زي صموئيل الثاني 7:10 "اولاد الشر" ،بوري العضوية في جماعة و بعبر عن الاذدراء بها عدم تسمية الشخص زي مثلا انتو اولاد صروبة الخ .

مقترحات لترجمة

في بعض تكرارات الكلمة ده ،من الافضل ترجمة "ولد"بالكلمة الحرفي باللغة المستخدمة البوري "الولد "
لمن يترجم كلمة "ولد الله" يجب استخدام الكلمة المعروف للغة المشروع للولد
مرات "الاولاد"يمكن يترجم زي "الاطفال" لمن نقصد بيهو الاولاد و البنات سوى .مثلا "اولاد الله " يمكن يترجم زي "اولاد الله" طلما التعبير ده بشمل برضو البنات و النسوان .

(See also: descendant, ancestor, Son of God, sons of God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:8 God spoke to Abram and promised again that he would have a son and as many descendants as the stars in the sky.
4:9 God said, “I will give you a son from your own body.”
5:5 About a year later, when Abraham was 100 years old and Sarah was 90, Sarah gave birth to Abraham’s son.
5:8 When they reached the place of sacrifice, Abraham tied up his son Isaac and laid him on an altar. He was about to kill his son when God said, “Stop! Do not hurt the boy! Now I know that you fear me because you did not keep your only son from me.”
9:7 When she saw the baby, she took him as her own son.
11:6 God killed every one of the Egyptians’ firstborn sons.
18:1 After many years, David died, and his son Solomon began to rule.
26:4 “Is this the son of Joseph?â€š” they said.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1060, H1121, H1123, H1248, H3173, H3206, H3211, H4497, H5209, H5220, G3816, G5043, G5207

يؤمن , مؤمن,الأيمان, غير مؤمن, عدم الايمان

التعريف

كلمات "يؤمن" و "يؤمن فيه" هم قريبين بعض شديد، لكن عندهم معاني مختلفة شوية.

يؤمن

أن تؤمن هوان تقبل حاجة أو تثق أنو صحيح.
لتؤمن بشخص آخر هو ان تعترف بأن القالو الشخص ده صحيح.

تؤمن في

أن "تؤمن في" شخص آخر بيعني "تثق في"الشخص. بيعني أن تثق في الشخص البقول أنه هو، دائمآ البقول الحقيقة، و هو حيعمل الوعد بيه ان يعمله.
لمن يؤمن الشخص في حاجة حقيقي، فهو بيتصرف بطريقة البوري الايمان .
العبارة "عندو ايمان في" عادة عندو نفس معنى زي "يؤمن في"
أن " تؤمن بيسوع" بيعني تؤمن انه هو ابن الله، وهو الله نفسه البرضو بقى انسان و مات كذبيحة ليدفع تمن خطايانا. بيعني أن تثق فيه كمخلص وتعيش بطريقة البكرمه.

مؤمن

في الكتاب المقدس كلمة "مؤمن" بيوري الشخص المؤمن والبتكل علي يسوع المسيح كمخلص.
كلمة "مؤمن" حرفياً بيعني"الشخص البؤمن".
أصبح كلمة "مسيحي" في النهاية العنوان الرئيسي للمؤمنين لآنو بوري انهم بؤمنوا بالمسيح و بطيعوا تعاليمه.

عدم الايمان

كلمة "عدم الايمان" بوري عدم الإيمان بحاجة أو بشخص آخر.

في الكتاب المقدس ، "عدم الايمان" بوري عدم الإيمان في أو عدم الثقة في يسوع كمخلص لشخص ما
الشخص الما بيؤمن بيسوع يسمى "غير مؤمن".

مقترحات الترجمة

"تؤمن" يمكن ترجمته إلى "تعرف ان تكون صحيح" أو "تعرف الحق".
أن "تؤمن " يمكن ترجمته إلى "الثقة الكاملة" أو "الثقة والطاعة" أو "الاتكال تمامآ والمتابعة"
بعض الترجمات بفضلو أن يقولوا "مؤمن بيسوع" أو "مؤمن بالمسيح".
الكلمة ده برضو يمكن يترجم بكلمة او عبارة البيعني "شخص بثق في يسوع" او "شخص عارف يسوع و عايش له".
طرق أخرى لترجمة كلمة "مؤمن" يمكن تكون "اتباع يسوع" أو "شخص عارف يسوع ويطيعه".
كلمة "مؤمن" هو كلمة عام لأي مؤمن في المسيح، بينما "تلميذ" و "رسول" كان استخدم كتير خاصتآ للناس العرفوا يسوع لمن هو حي. من الأفضل ترجمة الكلمات ديل بطرق مختلفة،عشان نحافظ على اختلافهم .
طرق الأخرى لترجمة "عدم الايمان " ممكن يشمل "نقص الإيمان" أو "عدم الإيمان".
كلمة "غير مؤمن" يمكن ترجمتة زي "شخص الما بؤمن بيسوع" أو "شخص الما بثق بيسوع كمخلص".

(See also: believe, apostle, Christian, disciple, faith, trust)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

3:4 Noah warned the people about the coming flood and told them to turn to God, but they did not believe him.
4:8 Abram believed God’s promise. God declared that Abram was righteous because he believed God’s promise.
11:2 God provided a way to save the firstborn of anyone who believed in him.
11:6 But the Egyptians did not believe God or obey his commands.
37:5 Jesus replied, “I am the Resurrection and the Life. Whoever believes in me will live, even though he dies. Everyone who believes in me will never die. Do you believe this?”
43:1 After Jesus returned to heaven, the disciples stayed in Jerusalem as Jesus had commanded them to do. The believers there constantly gathered together to pray.
43:3 While the believers were all together, suddenly the house where they were was filled with a sound like a strong wind. Then something that looked like flames of fire appeared over the heads of all the believers.
43:13 Every day, more people became believers.
46:6 That day many people in Jerusalem started persecuting the followers of Jesus, so the believers fled to other places. But in spite of this, they preached about Jesus everywhere they went.
46:1 Saul was the young man who guarded the robes of the men who killed Stephen. He did not believe in Jesus, so he persecuted the believers.
46:9 Some believers who fled from the persecution in Jerusalem went far away to the city of Antioch and preached about Jesusâ€¦It was at Antioch that believers in Jesus were first called “Christians.”
47:14 They also wrote many letters to encourage and teach the believers in the churches.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0539, H0540, G0543, G0544, G0569, G0570, G0571, G3982, G4100, G4102, G4103, G4135

يثق ، موثوق ،جدير بالثقة ، الجدارة بالثقة

التعريف:

عشان "تثق" بحاجةأو بشخص معين معناه تؤمن أنو الشخص أو الحاجة داك هو صح أو يمكن يعتمدو عليه. الاعتقاد داك برضو بسمو "الثقة". والشخص "الجدير بالثقة" هو الشخص الممكن تثق انو يعمل و يقول الحقيقة و الصح،، وعشان كدا هو الشخص العندو صفات "الجدارة بالثقة".

الثق قريب شديد للإيمان. لو نحنا نثق بشخص معين ، عندنا إيمان في الشخص ده انو يعمل الحاجة الوعد بيه.
تثق في شخص معين معناه برضو تعتمد عليه.
"تثق بيسوع" معناه تؤمن بأنو هو الله ، تؤمن بأنو مات على الصليب عشان يدفع ثمن خطايانا ، و نعتمد عليه عشان ينقذنا .
"مقولة جدير بالثقة" تشير إلى حاجة بيقولوا أنو ممكن نعتمد عليه أنو حيكون صحيح.

مقترحات ترجمة:

طرق ترجمة "الثقة" يمكن تشمل "اعتقد" أو "اؤمن" أو "ثق" أو "اعتمد على".
عبارة "خت ثقتك في" مشابهة شديد في معنى "ثق في".
يمكن ترجمة كلمة "جدير بالثقة"زي "معتمد" أو "موثوق به" أو "جدير بالثقة دائما".

(See also: believe, confidence, faith, faithful, true)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
34:6 Then Jesus told a story about people who trusted in their own good deeds and despised other people.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H539, H982, H1556, H2620, H2622, H3176, H4009, H4268, H7365, G1679, G3872, G3982, G4006, G4100, G4276

يرث, ميراث, وارث

التعريف:

الكلمة "يرث" بتوري انو تستلم حاجة عندو قيمة من الوالدين بعد موتهم. الكلمة ممكن تشير كمان انو تحصل على حاجة عندو قيمة من شخص تاني بسبب علاقة خاصة بشخص دا. "الميراث" دا الحاجات البتحصل عليها ، و "الوارث" دا الشخص البلقى الميراث. * الميراث المادي البنستلمو ممكن يكون قروش او ارض او انواع تاني من الممتلكات. * الله وعد إبراهيم ونسله أنو يرثوا أرض كنعان، الحيكون لهم للأبد.

ترجمة مقترحات:

كالعادة دائما ، خت في اعتبارك أول إذا فعلا في كلمات في اللغة المستهدفة لمفهوم الوارث أو الميراث، واستخدم الكلمات ديل.
على حسب الحالة، طرق تانية لترجمة كلمة "يرث" ممكن تشمل "تستلم" أو "تمتلك" أو "امتلاك".
طرق ترجمة "الميراث" ممكن تشمل "الهدية الموعودة" أو "امتلاك مضمون".
كلمة "وارث" ممكن يترجمو بكلمة أو العبارة البتعني "الجنى الكويس البستلم ممتلكات أبوه".
كلمة "ميراث" ممكن يترجمو زي "بركات الموروثة".

(See also: heir, Canaan, Promised Land, possess)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:6 When Abram arrived in Canaan God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you and your descendants all the land that you can see as an inheritance.”
27:1 One day, an expert in the Jewish law came to Jesus to test him, saying, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”
35:3 “There was a man who had two sons. The younger son told his father, ‘Father, I want my inheritance now!’ So the father divided his property between the two sons.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2490, H2506, H3423, H3425, H4181, H5157, H5159, G2816, G2817, G2819, G2820

يسجد, ينحني , العبادة

التعريف:

ان "تسجد"لشخص ما معناه تنحني على الأرض ، عادة لشخص عندو سلطة زي ملك أو شخص تاني عندو قوة . نفس الكلمة ممكن برضو تعني "العبادة" البتشير إلى أعمال الكرم ، التمجيد وطاعة الله.

غالبا الكلمة دي تعني حرفيا "تنحني" أو "النفس الساجدة" لتكريم شخص ما بكل تواضع .
نعبد الله لمن نخدمه ونكرمه ،بتمجيده وطاعته.
لمن الإسرائيليين يعبدو الله , في كثير من المرات كان يشمل تقديم ذبيحة حيوان على المذبح .
الكلمة ده يمكن يستخدموا الناس البيعبدوا يهوه كأله الواحد الحقيقي و الناس التانيين البيعبدوا الالهه الكاذبة

مقترحات الترجمة:

كلمة "عبادة" ممكن يترجمو زي "إنحناء ل" أو "احترام وخدمة" أو "احترام وطاعة".
في بعض الحالات ، يمكن برضو يترجم زي "الشكر بتواضع" أو "إعطاء الاحترام والشكر".

(See also: bow, fear, sacrifice, praise, honor)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
14:2 The Canaanites did not worship or obey God. They worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
18:12 All of the kings and most of the people of the kingdom of Israel worshiped idols.
25:7 Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.’”
26:2 On the Sabbath, he (Jesus) went to the place of worship.
47:1 There they met a woman named Lydia who was a merchant. She loved and worshiped God.
49:18 God tells you to pray, to study his word, to worship him with other Christians, and to tell others what he has done for you.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5457, H5647, H6087, H7812, G1391, G1479, G2151, G2318, G2323, G2356, G3000, G3511, G4352, G4353, G4573, G4574, G4576

<<<<<<< HEAD

يسوع , يسوع المسيح , المسيح يسوع

حقائق:

يسوع هو ابن الله. اسم "يسوع" يعني "يهوه يخلص". كلمة "المسيح" هو عنوان البيعني "الممسوح" و ده كلمة تانية للمسيح. * الاسمين ديل كتير بجمعوهم مع بعض زي "يسوع المسيح" أو "المسيح يسوع" ، الاسماء ديل باكدوا انو ابن الله هو المسيا الجاء عشان ينقذ الناس من العقاب الابدي بسبب خطاياهم. * بطريقة معجزية ، الروح القدس تسبب بانو ابن الله الأبدي يتولد زي انسان. الملاك كلم امه يسمو "يسوع" لانو مجهز/معد عشان ينقذْ الناسِ مِنْ خطاياهم. * يسوع المسيح عمل معجزات كتيرة الكشفت أنو هو الله وأنو هو المسيح ، أو المسيا.

مقترحات الترجمة:

في لغات كتيرة الترجمو "يسوع" و "المسيح" بينطقو بطريقة البحفظ الأصوات أو بكتبو قريب للأصل لو ممكن. مثلا "Jesucristo" ، "Jezus كريستوس" ، "Yesus Christus" ، و "Hesukristo" دي بعض الطرق البترجمو بيها الأسماء ديل للغات كتيرة.
بالنسبة لكلمة "المسيح" بعض المترجمين ممكن يفضلوا عشان يستخدموا بس بعض شكل لكلمة المسيا طوالي.
كمان خت في الاعتبار كيف الأسماء ديل بكتبو بالغة المحلية أو الوطنية.

يسوع , يسوع المسيح , المسيح يسوع

Jesus, Jesus Christ, Christ Jesus

حقائق

Facts:

يسوع هو ابن الله. اسم "يسوع" يعني "يهوه يخلص". كلمة "المسيح" هو عنوان البيعني "الممسوح" و ده كلمة تانية للمسيح. Jesus is God’s Son. The name “Jesus” means “Yahweh saves.” The term “Christ” is a title that means “anointed one” and is another word for Messiah.

الاسمين ديل كتير بجمعوهم مع بعض زي "يسوع المسيح" أو "المسيح يسوع" ، الاسماء ديل باكدوا انو ابن الله هو المسيا الجاء عشان ينقذ الناس من العقاب الابدي بسبب خطاياهم. * The two names are often combined as “Jesus Christ” or “Christ Jesus.” These names emphasize that God’s Son is the Messiah, who came to save people from being punished eternally for their sins.

بطريقة معجزية ، الروح القدس تسبب بانو ابن الله الأبدي يتولد زي انسان. الملاك كلم امه يسمو "يسوع" لانو مجهز/معد عشان ينقذْ الناسِ مِنْ خطاياهم. * In a miraculous way, the Holy Spirit caused the eternal Son of God to be born as a human being. His mother was told by an angel to call him “Jesus” because he was destined to save people from their sins.

يسوع المسيح عمل معجزات كتيرة الكشفت أنو هو الله وأنو هو المسيح ، أو المسيا. * Jesus did many miracles that revealed that he is God and that he is the Christ, or the Messiah.

مقترحات الترجمة

Translation Suggestions:

*في لغات كتيرة الترجمو "يسوع" و "المسيح" بينطقو بطريقة البحفظ الأصوات أو بكتبو قريب للأصل لو ممكن. مثلا "Jesucristo" ، "Jezus كريستوس" ، "Yesus Christus" ، و "Hesukristo" دي بعض الطرق البترجمو بيها الأسماء ديل للغات كتيرة. * In many languages “Jesus” and “Christ” are spelled in a way that keeps the sounds or spelling as close to the original as possible. For example, “Jesucristo,” “Jezus Christus,” “Yesus Kristus”, and “Hesukristo” are some of the ways that these names are translated into different languages.

*بالنسبة لكلمة "المسيح" بعض المترجمين ممكن يفضلوا عشان يستخدموا بس بعض شكل لكلمة المسيا طوالي. * For the term “Christ,” some translators may prefer to use only some form of the term “Messiah” throughout.

كمان خت في الاعتبار كيف الأسماء ديل بكتبو بالغة المحلية أو الوطنية.
Also consider how these names are spelled in a nearby local or national language.

8f4dbfd5189bcd9170a5dcca51fa3e5385a8fbf5

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:4 The angel said, “You will become pregnant and give birth to a son. You are to name him Jesus and he will be the Messiah.”
23:2 “Name him Jesus (which means, ‘Yahweh saves’), because he will save the people from their sins.”
24:7 So John baptized him (Jesus), even though Jesus had never sinned.
24:9 There is only one God. But John heard God the Father speak, and saw Jesus the Son and the Holy Spirit when he baptized Jesus.
25:8 Jesus did not give in to Satan’s temptations, so Satan left him.
26:8 Then Jesus went throughout the region of Galilee, and large crowds came to him. They brought many people who were sick or handicapped, including those who could not see, walk, hear, or speak, and Jesus healed them.
31:3 Then Jesus finished praying and went to the disciples. He walked on top of the water across the lake toward their boat!
38:2 He (Judas) knew that the Jewish leaders denied that Jesus was the Messiah and that they were plotting to kill him.
40:8 Through his death, Jesus opened a way for people to come to God.
42:11 Then Jesus was taken up to heaven, and a cloud hid him from their sight. Jesus sat down at the right hand of God to rule over all things.
50:17 Jesus and his people will live on the new earth, and he will reign forever over everything that exists. He will wipe away every tear and there will be no more suffering, sadness, crying, evil, pain, or death. Jesus will rule his kingdom with peace and justice, and he will be with his people forever.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G2424, G5547

<<<<<<< HEAD

يعمد ،عمدوه ،معمودية

التعريف:

في العهد الجديد ، عادةً كلمات "يعمد" و "المعمودية" تشير لطقوس استحمام المسيحي بالموية عشان يوري أنو اتطهر من الخطية واتحد مع المسيح.

مقترحات الترجمة:

المسيحيين عندهم اراء مختلفة عن كيف يعمدو الإنسان بالموية. ممكن يكون من الأفضل ترجمة الكلمة ده بطريقة عامة البسمح لطرق مختلفة لاستخدام الموية.
على حسب الحالة ،كلمة "يعمد" ممكن يترجمو زي "يطهر" ، "كب على " ، "غطس (أو يغطس) في" ، "اغسل". مثلا ، "يعمدك بالموية" ممكن يترجمو زي "يغطسك في الموية".
كلمة "معمودية" يمكن يترجمو زي "تطهير" ، "كب على" ، "غطس" ، "تطهير".
خت في بالك كمان كيف الكلمة دي بترجمو في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس في اللغة المحلية أو الوطنية.

يعمد ،عمدوه ،معمودية

baptize, baptized, baptism

التعريف

Definition:

في العهد الجديد ، عادةً كلمات "يعمد" و "المعمودية" تشير لطقوس استحمام المسيحي بالموية عشان يوري أنو اتطهر من الخطية واتحد مع المسيح. In the New Testament, the terms “baptize” and “baptism” usually refer to ritually bathing a Christian with water to show that he has been cleansed from sin and has been united with Christ.

مقترحات الترجمة

Translation Suggestions:

المسيحيين عندهم اراء مختلفة عن كيف يعمدو الإنسان بالموية. ممكن يكون من الأفضل ترجمة الكلمة ده بطريقة عامة البسمح لطرق مختلفة لاستخدام الموية.
Christians have different views about how a person should be baptized with water. It is probably best to translate this term in a general way that allows for different ways of applying the water.
على حسب الحالة ،كلمة "يعمد" ممكن يترجمو زي "يطهر" ، "كب على " ، "غطس (أو يغطس) في" ، "اغسل". مثلا ، "يعمدك بالموية" ممكن يترجمو زي "يغطسك في الموية".
Depending on the context, the term “baptize” could be translated as “purify,” “pour out on,” “plunge (or dip) into,” “wash.” For example, “baptize you with water” could be translated as “plunge you into water.”
كلمة "معمودية" يمكن يترجمو زي "تطهير" ، "كب على" ، "غطس" ، "تطهير".
The term “baptism” could be translated as “purification,” “a pouring out,” “a dipping,” “a cleansing.”
خت في بالك كمان كيف الكلمة دي بترجمو في ترجمة الكتاب المقدس في اللغة المحلية أو الوطنية.
Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language.

8f4dbfd5189bcd9170a5dcca51fa3e5385a8fbf5

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns)

(See also: John (the Baptist), repent, Holy Spirit)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

24:3 When people heard John’s message, many of them repented from their sins, and John baptized them. Many religious leaders also came to be baptized by John, but they did not repent or confess their sins.
24:6 The next day, Jesus came to be baptized by John.
24:7 John said to Jesus, “I am not worthy to baptize you. You should baptize me instead.”
42:10 “So go, make disciples of all people groups by baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit and by teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.”
43:11 Peter answered them, “Every one of you should repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ so that God will forgive your sins.”
43:12 About 3,000 people believed what Peter said and became disciples of Jesus. They were baptized and became part of the church at Jerusalem.
45:11 As Philip and the Ethiopian traveled, they came to some water. The Ethiopian said, “Look! There is some water! May I be baptized?”
46:5 Saul immediately was able to see again, and Ananias baptized him.
49:14 Jesus invites you to believe in him and be baptized.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G907

يهود، يهودي

حقائق:

يهود هم شعب من نسل يعقوب حفيد إبراهيم. كلمة "يهود" جا من كلمة "يهوذا".

بدا الناس يبادوا الإسرائيليين "يهود" بعد ما رجعوا ليهوذا من المنفى في بابل.
كان يسوع المسيح يهودي، لكن قادة اليهود الدينيين رفضوا يسوع وطالبوا بقتله.

(See also: Abraham, Jacob, Israel, Babylon, Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

20:11 The Israelites were now called Jews and most of them had lived their whole lives in Babylon.
20:12 So, after seventy years in exile, a small group of Jews returned to the city of Jerusalem in Judah.
37:10 Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle.
37:11 But the religious leaders of the Jews were jealous, so they gathered together to plan how they could kill Jesus and Lazarus.
40:2 Pilate commanded that they write, “King of the Jews” on a sign and put it on the cross above Jesus’ head.
46:6 Right away, Saul began preaching to the Jews in Damascus, saying, “Jesus is the Son of God!”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3054, H3061, H3062, H3064, H3066, G2450, G2451, G2452, G2453, G2454

يهوه

حقائق

كلمة "يهوه" ده اسم شخصي لله في العهد القديم . الاصل المحدد للاسم غير معروف ، لكن من المحتمل انو جاي من الفعل العبري البيعني "ان يكون"

تقليديا ترجمات الكتاب المقدس الكتيرة تستخدم كلمة رب دون تعريف او الرب عشان يمثل "يهوه" التقليد ده جاي من حقيقة تاريخية انو الشعب اليهودي بخاف من نطق اسم يهوه بطريقة خطاء و بدوا يقولوا "الرب" كلما ظهرت كلمة يهوه في النص .كتاب الكتاب المقدس الحديث بكتبوا كلمة "الرب " بحروف كبيرة ليظهروا احترام لاسم الرب عشان يمييزوه من اي رب ،ودي كلمة مختلفة بالعبرية
"النصوص اللاتينية" و "UST" دائماً بترجم كلمة يهوه "يهوه" ، باتفاق مع النص العبري للعهد القديم.
كلمة "يهوه" ما ظهر أبداً في النص الأصلي للعهد الجديد ؛ ويستخدم الكلمة اليوناني فقط لـ "الرب" ، حتى عند الاقتباس من العهد القديم.
في العهد القديم ، لمن اتكلم الله عن نفسه ، كان بستخدم اسمه في كثير من الأحيان بدلا من الضمير .

مقترحات ترجمة

يمكن ترجمة "يهوه" بكلمة أو عبارة تعني "أنا" أو "حي" أو "الذي هو" أو "الذي هو حي".
الكلمة دي يمكن كمان يكتبوا بطريقة كيف ينطقوا يهوه .
بعض الطوائف الكنسية ما بتفضل استخدام كلمة "يهوه" وبدلا من ده استخدام التقديم التقليدي ،"الرب". ومن المهم ان نضع في الاعتبار أنو ده ممكن يكون مربك عند قراءته بصوت عال لأنو بكون زي ده.-نفس لقب "الرب". بعض اللغات ممكن يكون لها علامة نحوية أخرى ضافوها لتمييز "الرب" زي أسم "يهوه" من الرب كعنوان
من الأفضل لو أمكن نخلي اسم يهوه زي ما يحدث حرفيا في النص ، لكن بعض الترجمات ممكن تقرر استخدام ضمير فقط في بعض الأماكن ،عشان يخلو النص أكثر طبيعية ووضوح.
تقديم اقتباس مع شيء مثل ، "هذا ما يقوله يهوه".

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names)

(See also: God, Lord)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

9:14 God said, “I AM WHO I AM. Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is my name forever.’”
13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
13:5 “Do not make idols or worship them, for I, Yahweh, am a jealous God.”
16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
19:10 Then Elijah prayed, “O Yahweh, God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, show us today that you are the God of Israel and that I am your servant.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3050, H3068, H3069

يوعد ،واعد

تعريف

كلمة "وعد"لمن يستخدم كفعل, بوري عمل الانسان البقول انا حأعمل حاجة. بالطريقة يلزم بيه نفسه بالكلام القالو. "وعد" لمن يستخدم كأسم , بوري الحاجة الشخص الزم نفسه عشان يعملو.

الكتاب المقدس سجل وعود كتيرة العملو االله مع الناس .
الوعود هو جزو مهم من الأتفاقيات الرسمية زي العهود .

مقترحات الترجمة

كلمة "وعد" يمكن يترجم "بالألتزام" او "تاكيد" او "ضمان".
"توعد تعمل حاجة" يمكن يترجم زي "تأكد لأنسان انك بتعمل الحاجة" او "تلتزم بأنك حتعمل الحاجة" .

(See also: covenant, oath, vow)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

3:15 God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.”Â�
3:16 God then made the first rainbow as a sign of his promise. Every time the rainbow appeared in the sky, God would remember what he promised and so would his people.
4:8 God spoke to Abram and promised again that he would have a son and as many descendants as the stars in the sky. Abram believed God’s promise.
5:4 “Your wife, Sarai, will have a son—he will be the son of promise.”
8:15 The covenant promises that God gave to Abraham were passed on to Isaac, then to Jacob, and then to Jacob’s twelve sons and their families.
17:14 Though David had been unfaithful to God, God was still faithful to his promises.
50:1 Jesus promised he would return at the end of the world. Though he has not yet come back, he will keep his promise.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H559, H562, H1696, H8569, G1843, G1860, G1861, G1862, G3670, G4279

open-licensed biblical content

Key Terms

adoption, adopt, adopted

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

Almighty

Facts:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

amen, truly

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

anoint, anointed, anointing

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

antichrist

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

appoint, appointed

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

ark

Definition:

Bible References:

Word Data:

ark of the covenant, ark of Yahweh

Definition:

Bible References:

Word Data:

atonement lid

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

atonement, atone, atoned

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

authority

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

beloved

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

bind, bond, bound

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

birthright

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

blameless

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data:

blasphemy, blaspheme, blasphemous

Definition:

Translation Suggestions:

Bible References:

Word Data: